10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File No. 001-31720

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

DELAWARE		30-0168701
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(IRS Employer Identification No.)
800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 1000 Minneapolis, Minnesota		55402
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)		(Zip Code)
	(612) 303-6000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þNo  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  þNo  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨Accelerated filer þNon-accelerated filer ¨Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨ No  þ

As of April 17, 2014, the registrant had 16,267,433 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Index to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	3
	Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2013	3
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 (Unaudited)	4
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 (Unaudited)	6
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 (Unaudited)	7
	Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	9
ITEM 2.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	37
ITEM 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	59
ITEM 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	60
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	60
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	60
ITEM 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	60
ITEM 6.	EXHIBITS	61
	SIGNATURES	62

PART I.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

	March 31,			December 31,
	2014			2013
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)	(Unaudited)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	34,835		$	123,683
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes	44,141			43,012
Receivables:
Customers	19,785			11,633
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	230,563			127,113
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	176,865			167,875
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	417,171			406,513
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral	908,217			957,515
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388			1,364,028
Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $63,665 and $62,311, respectively)	15,310			16,114
Goodwill	210,634			210,634
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $34,187 and $31,869, respectively)	37,612			39,930
Investments	130,255			112,043
Other assets	91,864			102,092
Total assets	$	2,317,252		$	2,318,157
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term financing	$	435,809		$	514,711
Variable rate senior notes	125,000			125,000
Payables:
Customers	40,218			33,109
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	110,980			27,722
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	52,046			4,397
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693			512,833
Accrued compensation	78,684			159,928
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	44,743			58,385
Total liabilities	1,400,173			1,436,085
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Shares authorized: 100,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013;
Shares issued: 19,520,553 at March 31, 2014 and 19,537,127 at December 31, 2013;
Shares outstanding: 14,915,556 at March 31, 2014 and 14,383,418 at December 31, 2013	195			195
Additional paid-in capital	738,391			740,321
Retained earnings	181,641			163,893
Less common stock held in treasury, at cost: 4,604,997 shares at March 31, 2014 and 5,153,709 shares at December 31, 2013	(153,720		)	(170,629		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	947			896
Total common shareholders’ equity	767,454			734,676
Noncontrolling interests	149,625			147,396
Total shareholders’ equity	917,079			882,072
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,317,252		$	2,318,157

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

3

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)	2014		2013
Revenues:
Investment banking	$	88,474	$	40,821
Institutional brokerage	44,034		40,147
Asset management	20,959		18,456
Interest	13,659		10,823
Investment income	6,768		5,065
Total revenues	173,894		115,312
Interest expense	5,761		5,779
Net revenues	168,133		109,533
Non-interest expenses:
Compensation and benefits	100,489		66,105
Occupancy and equipment	6,778		5,817
Communications	5,955		5,232
Floor brokerage and clearance	1,834		2,150
Marketing and business development	5,526		4,980
Outside services	9,493		7,214
Intangible asset amortization expense	2,318		1,661
Other operating expenses	3,027		(1,794		)
Total non-interest expenses	135,420		91,365
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense	32,713		18,168
Income tax expense	9,827		5,600
Income from continuing operations	22,886		12,568
Discontinued operations:
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		(521		)
Net income	22,886		12,047
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138		1,901
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748	$	10,146
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders	$	16,089	$	8,966

Continued on next page

4

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Continued

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)	2014		2013
Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies
Net income from continuing operations	$	17,748	$	10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	—		(521		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748	$	10,146
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10	$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—		(0.03		)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.10	$	0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10	$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—		(0.03		)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.10	$	0.57
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic	14,612		15,582
Diluted	14,657		15,610

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands)	2014		2013
Net income	$	22,886	$	12,047
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment	51		(148		)
Comprehensive income	22,937		11,899
Comprehensive income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138		1,901
Comprehensive income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,799	$	9,998

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

6

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Operating Activities:
Net income	$	22,886		$	12,047
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets	1,418			1,426
Deferred income taxes	8,142			12,070
Share-based and deferred compensation	5,375			795
Amortization of intangible assets	2,318			1,661
Amortization of forgivable loans	1,327			1,725
Decrease/(increase) in operating assets:
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes	(1,129		)	(14,005		)
Receivables:
Customers	(8,152		)	(3,708		)
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	(103,450		)	(17,448		)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	(8,990		)	(49,763		)
Net financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	38,500			(108,437		)
Investments	(18,212		)	(7,381		)
Other assets	792			(3,511		)
Increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Payables:
Customers	7,109			33,332
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	83,258			44,114
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	2,442			—
Accrued compensation	(64,516		)	(74,265		)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	(13,646		)	(10,211		)
Decrease in assets held for sale	—			(1,283		)
Increase in liabilities held for sale	—			(685		)
Net cash used in operating activities	(44,528		)	(183,527		)
Investing Activities:
Purchases of fixed assets, net	(607		)	(230		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(607		)	(230		)

Continued on next page

7

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Continued

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Financing Activities:
Decrease in short-term financing	$	(78,902	)	$	(67,996	)
Increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase	45,207			132,297
Increase/(decrease) in noncontrolling interests	(2,909		)	50,562
Repurchase of common stock	(7,346		)	(13,929		)
Excess/(reduced) tax benefit from share-based compensation	(47		)	55
Proceeds from stock option transactions	273			—
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(43,724		)	100,989
Currency adjustment:
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	11			(88		)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	(88,848		)	(82,856		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	123,683			105,371
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	34,835		$	22,515
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information –
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	6,019		$	5,465
Income taxes	$	19,972		$	596
Non-cash financing activities –
Issuance of common stock for retirement plan obligations:
103,598 shares and 96,049 shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	$	4,156		$	3,939
Issuance of restricted common stock for annual equity award:
402,074 shares and 431,582 shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	$	16,131		$	17,699

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

8

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Index

Note 1	Organization and Basis of Presentation	10
Note 2	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	11
Note 3	Recent Accounting Pronouncements	11
Note 4	Acquisitions	11
Note 5	Discontinued Operations	13
Note 6	Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased	13
Note 7	Fair Value of Financial Instruments	15
Note 8	Variable Interest Entities	22
Note 9	Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations	23
Note 10	Collateralized Securities Transactions	23
Note 11	Investments	24
Note 12	Other Assets	25
Note 13	Goodwill and Intangible Assets	25
Note 14	Short-Term Financing	26
Note 15	Variable Rate Senior Notes	26
Note 16	Contingencies and Commitments	27
Note 17	Shareholders’ Equity	28
Note 18	Noncontrolling Interests	28
Note 19	Compensation Plans	29
Note 20	Earnings Per Share	33
Note 21	Segment Reporting	34
Note 22	Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters	36

9

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Piper Jaffray Companies is the parent company of Piper Jaffray & Co. ("Piper Jaffray"), a securities broker dealer and investment banking firm; Piper Jaffray Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and mergers and acquisitions services in Europe headquartered in London, England; Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI"), which provides asset management services to separately managed accounts, closed-end and open-end funds and partnerships; Piper Jaffray Investment Group Inc., which consists of entities providing alternative asset management services; Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc., Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc. and Piper Jaffray Financial Products III Inc., entities that facilitate derivative transactions; and other immaterial subsidiaries. Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") operate in two reporting segments: Capital Markets and Asset Management. A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Capital Markets

The Capital Markets segment provides institutional sales, trading and research services and investment banking services. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions, government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses from trading these securities. Investment banking services include management of and participation in underwritings, merger and acquisition services and public finance activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees. Also, the Company generates revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on proprietary investments in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, and merchant banking activities involving equity or debt investments in late stage private companies. As certain of these efforts have matured and an investment process has been developed, the Company has created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and municipal securities in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors. The Company receives management and performance fees for managing these funds.

As discussed in Note 5, the Company discontinued its Hong Kong capital markets business in 2012.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment provides traditional asset management services with product offerings in equity securities and master limited partnerships to institutions and individuals. Revenues are generated in the form of management and performance fees. Revenues are also generated through investments in the partnerships and funds that the Company manages.

As discussed in Note 5, Fiduciary Asset Management, LLC ("FAMCO") was sold in 2013.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund, merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available, actual results could differ from those estimates.

10

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Reclassifications

In 2013, the Company reclassified interest revenue and expense associated with its derivative contracts to investment banking or institutional brokerage revenues within the consolidated statements of operations to more accurately reflect the nature and intent of the derivative instrument. The Company reclassified $2.5 million of interest revenue and $2.8 million of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This change had no effect on net revenues, net income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows for the period presented. 

Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 for a full description of the Company's significant accounting policies.

Note 3Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Investment Companies

In June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Updated ("ASU") No. 2013-08, "Financial Services - Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements," ("ASU 2013-08") amending FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946, "Financial Services - Investment Companies" ("ASC 946"). The amended guidance changes the approach to the investment company assessment in ASC 946, clarifies the characteristics of an investment company and requires new disclosures for investment company financial statements. ASU 2013-08 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not impact the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Discontinued Operations

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity," ("ASU 2014-08") amending FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 205-20, "Discontinued Operations," ("ASC 205-20"). The amended guidance changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and requires new disclosures. ASU 2014-08 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and will be applied prospectively.

Note 4Acquisitions

On July 12, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation ("Seattle-Northwest"), a Seattle-based investment bank and broker dealer focused on public finance in the Northwest region of the U.S. The purchase was completed pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 16, 2013. The acquisition of Seattle-Northwest supports the Company's strategy to grow its public finance business.

On July 16, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Edgeview Partners, L.P. ("Edgeview"), a middle-market advisory firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions. The purchase was completed pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement dated June 17, 2013. The acquisition of Edgeview further strengthens the Company's mergers and acquisitions position in the middle market and adds resources dedicated to the private equity community.

The Company paid $32.7 million in cash for Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, which represented the fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The Company also entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements of $14.3 million which consisted of cash, restricted stock and restricted mutual fund shares ("MFRS Awards") of registered funds managed by the Company's asset management business. Compensation expense related to these arrangements will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of two to five years (a weighted average service period of 4.3 years).

11

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

These acquisitions were accounted for pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was allocated between goodwill and intangible assets within the Capital Markets segment. The Company recorded $13.8 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, of which $9.1 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and expertise of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview in their respective business lines.

Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships and non-competition agreements with acquisition-date fair values estimated to be $6.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the respective dates of acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8,014
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	24,074
Fixed assets	1,247
Goodwill	13,790
Intangible assets	6,665
Other assets	8,922
Total assets acquired	62,712
Liabilities
Payables	1,126
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	22,588
Accrued compensation	1,469
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	4,789
Total liabilities assumed	29,972
Net assets acquired	$	32,740

Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements prospectively from their respective dates of acquisition. These acquisitions have been fully integrated with the Company's existing operations. Accordingly, post-acquisition revenues and net income are not discernible. The following unaudited pro forma financial data assumes the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012, the beginning of the prior annual period in which the acquisitions occurred. Pro forma results have been prepared by adjusting the Company's historical results from continuing operations to include Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations adjusted for the following changes: depreciation and amortization expenses were adjusted to account for acquisition-date fair value adjustments of fixed assets and intangible assets; compensation and benefits expenses were adjusted to reflect excess partner distributions as compensation expense; and the income tax effect of applying the Company's statutory tax rates to Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations. The consolidated Company's unaudited pro forma information presented does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisitions been completed at the beginning of the applicable period presented, does not contemplate anticipated operational efficiencies of the combined entities, nor does it indicate the results of operations in future periods.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013
Net revenues	$	113,540
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	9,096

12

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 5Discontinued Operations

The Company's Hong Kong capital markets business ceased operations in 2012. In the second quarter of 2013, the Company completed the sale of FAMCO, an asset management subsidiary, for consideration of $4.0 million which consisted of $0.3 million in cash and a $3.7 million note receivable from the buyer. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 205-20, the results from these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The Company recorded a $0.5 million net loss from discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

As part of the FAMCO sale, the Company indemnified the buyer against certain costs and obligations. As of March 31, 2014, a $0.5 million remaining indemnification obligation was included within other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make pursuant to the terms of the definitive sale agreement is not limited, however it is not expected to be material.

Note 6Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased were as follows:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	46,669		$	54,097
Convertible securities	79,969			80,784
Fixed income securities	16,120			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	233,045			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	438,457			460,865
Short-term securities	76,261			62,620
Asset-backed securities	112,079			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	278,965			304,737
U.S. government securities	3,090			—
Derivative contracts	40,733			38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388			1,364,028
Less noncontrolling interests (1)	(243,892		)	(291,513		)
	$	1,081,496		$	1,072,515
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	85,767		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	17,029			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	83,901			120,084
U.S. government securities	315,666			291,320
Derivative contracts	10,330			8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693			512,833
Less noncontrolling interests (2)	(62,420		)	(68,356		)
	$	450,273		$	444,477

(1) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $103.2 million and $101.8 million of taxable municipal securities, $135.8 million and $183.9 million of tax-exempt municipal securities, and $4.9 million and $5.8 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. 

(2) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $61.4 million and $67.4 million of U.S. government securities, and $1.1 million and $1.0 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

13

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, financial instruments and other inventory positions owned in the amount of $908.2 million and $957.5 million, respectively, had been pledged as collateral for short-term financings and repurchase agreements.

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price, thereby creating a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company is obligated to acquire the securities sold short at prevailing market prices, which may exceed the amount reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company economically hedges changes in the market value of its financial instruments and other inventory positions owned using inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, interest rate derivatives, credit default swap index contracts, futures and exchange traded options.

Derivative Contract Financial Instruments

The Company uses interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, credit default swap index contracts and option contracts to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to manage risk in certain inventory positions. The following describes the Company’s derivatives by the type of transaction or security the instruments are economically hedging.

Customer matched-book derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts in a principal capacity as a dealer to satisfy the financial needs of its customers.  The Company simultaneously enters into  an interest rate  derivative  contract with a third party for the same notional amount to hedge the interest rate and credit risk of the initial client interest rate derivative contract. In certain limited instances, the Company has only hedged interest rate risk with a third party, and retains uncollateralized credit risk as described below. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) index or the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) index.

Trading securities derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate and market value risks associated with its fixed income securities. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the Municipal Market Data (“MMD”) index, LIBOR or the SIFMA index. The Company also enters into credit default swap index contracts to hedge credit risk associated with its taxable fixed income securities and option contracts to hedge market value risk associated with its convertible securities and asset-backed securities.

The following table presents the total absolute notional contract amount associated with the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments:

(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,		December 31,
Transaction Type or Hedged Security	Derivative Category	2014		2013
Customer matched-book	Interest rate derivative contract	$	5,287,583	$	5,310,929
Trading securities	Interest rate derivative contract	255,500		198,500
Trading securities	Credit default swap index contract	379,215		299,333
Trading securities	Equity option derivative contract	17,152		17,090
		$	5,939,450	$	5,825,852

The Company’s derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, therefore, unrealized gains and losses are recorded on the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents the Company’s unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative instruments:

		Three Months Ended
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,
Derivative Category	Operations Category	2014			2013
Interest rate derivative contract	Investment banking	$	(524	)	$	(538	)
Interest rate derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	532			5,935
Credit default swap index contract	Institutional brokerage	(1,254		)	(1,874		)
Equity option derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	948			—
		$	(298	)	$	3,523

14

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The gross fair market value of all derivative instruments and their location on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition prior to counterparty netting are shown below by asset or liability position:

(Dollars in thousands)		Asset Value at			Liability Value at
		March 31,			March 31,
Derivative Category	Financial Condition Location	2014		Financial Condition Location	2014
Interest rate derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	$	379,037	Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	$	359,745
Credit default swap index contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	8,478		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	8,611
Equity option derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	74		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	1,274
		$	387,589		$	369,630

Derivatives are reported on a net basis by counterparty (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of offset exists and on a net basis by cross product when applicable provisions are stated in master netting agreements. Cash collateral received or paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided a legal right of offset exists.

Credit risk associated with the Company’s derivatives is the risk that a derivative counterparty will not perform in accordance with the terms of the applicable derivative contract. Credit exposure associated with the Company’s derivatives is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the contracts with counterparties and is monitored regularly by the Company’s financial risk committee. The Company considers counterparty credit risk in determining derivative contract fair value. The majority of the Company’s  derivative contracts are substantially collateralized by its counterparties, who  are major  financial institutions. The Company has a limited number of counterparties who are not required to post collateral. Based on market movements, the uncollateralized amounts representing the fair value of the derivative contract can become material, exposing the Company to the credit risk of these counterparties. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had $23.0 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with these counterparties (notional contract amount of $200.2 million), including $11.4 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with one counterparty.

Note 7Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Based on the nature of the Company’s business and its role as a “dealer” in the securities industry or as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined internally. The Company’s processes are designed to ensure that the fair values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are developed based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations and other security-specific information. Valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit risk are also considered. In estimating fair value, the Company may utilize information provided by third-party pricing vendors to corroborate internally-developed fair value estimates.

The Company employs specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of its financial instruments. The Company’s processes are designed to ensure that the internally estimated fair values are accurately recorded and that the data inputs and the valuation techniques used are appropriate, consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value. Individuals outside of the trading departments perform independent pricing verification reviews as of each reporting date. The Company has established parameters which set forth when the fair value of securities are independently verified. The selection parameters are generally based upon the type of security, the level of estimation risk of a security, the materiality of the security to the Company’s financial statements, changes in fair value from period to period, and other specific facts and circumstances of the Company’s securities portfolio. In evaluating the initial internally-estimated fair values made by the Company’s traders, the nature and complexity of securities involved (e.g., term, coupon, collateral, and other key drivers of value), level of market activity for securities, and availability of market data are considered. The independent price verification procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available), corroboration to the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components, or comparison to an alternative pricing source, such as a discounted cash flow model. The Company’s valuation committee, comprised of members of senior

15

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

management and risk management, provides oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements.

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Actively traded money market funds are measured at their net asset value and classified as Level I.

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned

The Company records financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reflected on the consolidated statements of operations.

Equity securities – Exchange traded equity securities are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these securities are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. Non-exchange traded equity securities (principally hybrid preferred securities) are measured primarily using broker quotations, prices observed for recently executed market transactions and internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs and are categorized within Level II of the fair value hierarchy.

Convertible securities – Convertible securities are valued based on observable trades, when available. Accordingly, these convertible securities are categorized as Level II.

Corporate fixed income securities – Fixed income securities include corporate bonds which are valued based on recently executed market transactions of comparable size, internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs, or broker quotations. Accordingly, these corporate bonds are categorized as Level II. When observable price quotations or certain observable inputs are not available, fair value is determined using model-based valuation techniques with observable inputs such as specific security contractual terms and yield curves, and unobservable inputs such as credit spreads over U.S. treasury securities. Corporate bonds measured using model-based valuation techniques are categorized as Level III.

Taxable municipal securities – Taxable municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II.

Tax-exempt municipal securities – Tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Certain illiquid tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using market data for comparable securities (maturity and sector) and management judgment to infer an appropriate current yield or other model-based valuation techniques deemed appropriate by management based on the specific nature of the individual security and are therefore categorized as Level III.

Short-term municipal securities – Short-term municipal securities include auction rate securities, variable rate demand notes, and other short-term municipal securities. Variable rate demand notes and other short-term municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Auction rate securities with limited liquidity are categorized as Level III and are valued using discounted cash flow models with unobservable inputs such as the Company’s expected recovery rate on the securities.

Asset-backed securities – Asset-backed securities are valued using observable trades, when available. Certain asset-backed securities are valued using models where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These asset-backed securities are categorized as Level II. Other asset-backed securities, which are principally collateralized by residential mortgages, have experienced low volumes of executed transactions resulting in less observable transaction data. Certain asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages are valued using cash flow models that utilize unobservable inputs including credit default rates, prepayment rates, loss severity and valuation yields. As judgment is used to determine the range of these inputs, these asset-backed securities are categorized as Level III.

16

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

U.S. government agency securities – U.S. government agency securities include agency debt bonds and mortgage bonds. Agency debt bonds are valued by using either direct price quotes or price quotes for comparable bond securities and are categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds include bonds secured by mortgages, mortgage pass-through securities, agency collateralized mortgage-obligation (“CMO”) securities and agency interest-only securities. Mortgage pass-through securities, CMO securities and interest-only securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or other observable inputs, such as prepayment speeds and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds are valued using observable market inputs, such as market yields ranging from 79-255 basis points (“bps”) on spreads over U.S. treasury securities, or models based upon prepayment expectations ranging from 149-373 Public Securities Association (“PSA”) prepayment levels. These securities are categorized as Level II.

U.S. government securities – U.S. government securities include highly liquid U.S. treasury securities which are generally valued using quoted market prices and therefore categorized as Level I. The Company does not transact in securities of countries other than the U.S. government.

Derivatives – Derivative contracts include interest rate and basis swaps, forward purchase agreements, interest rate locks, futures, options and credit default swap index contracts. These instruments derive their value from underlying assets, reference rates, indices or a combination of these factors. The Company's equity option derivative contracts are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these contracts are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. The Company’s credit default swap index contracts are valued using market price quotations and are classified as Level II. The majority of the Company’s interest rate derivative contracts, including both interest rate swaps and interest rate locks, are valued using market standard pricing models based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows. The valuation models used do not involve material subjectivity as the methodologies do not entail significant judgment and the pricing inputs are market observable, including contractual terms, yield curves and measures of volatility. These instruments are classified as Level II within the fair value hierarchy. Certain interest rate locks transact in less active markets and were valued using valuation models that included the previously mentioned observable inputs and certain unobservable inputs that required significant judgment, such as the premium over the MMD curve. These instruments are classified as Level III.

Investments

The Company’s investments valued at fair value include equity investments in private companies, investments in public companies, investments in registered mutual funds, and warrants of public or private companies. Exchange traded direct equity investments in public companies and registered mutual funds are valued based on quoted prices on active markets and classified as Level I. Company-owned warrants, which have a cashless exercise option, are valued based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and certain unobservable inputs. The Company applies a liquidity discount to the value of its warrants in public and private companies. For warrants in private companies, valuation adjustments, based upon management’s judgment, are made to account for differences between the measured security and the stock volatility factors of comparable companies. Company-owned warrants are reported as Level III assets. Equity securities in private companies are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized as Level III.

Fair Value Option – The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The fair value option was elected for certain merchant banking and other investments at inception to reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis. Merchant banking and other equity investments of $16.4 million and $16.1 million, included within investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition, are accounted for at fair value and are classified as Level III assets at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The realized and unrealized gains from fair value changes included in earnings as a result of electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets were $0.3 million and $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

17

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level III financial instruments as of March 31, 2014:

	Valuation			Weighted
	Technique	Unobservable Input	Range	Average
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	Discounted cash flow	Debt service coverage ratio (2)	5 - 69%	22.2%
Short-term securities	Discounted cash flow	Expected recovery rate (% of par) (2)	77 - 80%	79.6%
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized by residential mortgages	Discounted cash flow	Credit default rates (3)	2 - 8%	5.2%
		Prepayment rates (4)	2 - 22%	5.1%
		Loss severity (3)	42 - 100%	68.1%
		Valuation yields (3)	5 - 7%	5.9%
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	53 - 66 bps	63.0 bps
Investments at fair value:
Warrants in public and private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Liquidity discount rates (1)	30 - 40%	34.3%
Warrants in private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Stock volatility factors of comparable companies (2)	26 - 93%	62.6%
Equity securities in private companies	Market approach	Revenue multiple (2)	2 - 7 times	3.3 times
		EBITDA multiple (2)	9 - 12 times	9.3 times
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	5 - 51 bps	19.8 bps

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs:

(1) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement.

(2) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher/(lower) fair value measurement.

(3) Significant changes in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for credit default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally inverse change in the assumption for valuation yields.

(4) The potential impact of changes in prepayment rates on fair value is dependent on other security-specific factors, such as the par value and structure. Changes in the prepayment rates may result in directionally similar or directionally inverse changes in fair value depending on whether the security trades at a premium or discount to the par value.

18

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement" ("ASC 820") as of March 31, 2014:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	29,873	$	16,796	$	—	$	—		$	46,669
Convertible securities	—		79,969		—		—			79,969
Fixed income securities	—		16,020		100		—			16,120
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		233,045		—		—			233,045
Tax-exempt securities	—		437,024		1,433		—			438,457
Short-term securities	—		75,605		656		—			76,261
Asset-backed securities	—		4,680		107,399		—			112,079
U.S. government agency securities	—		278,965		—		—			278,965
U.S. government securities	3,090		—		—		—			3,090
Derivative contracts	175		387,350		64		(346,856		)	40,733
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	33,138		1,529,454		109,652		(346,856		)	1,325,388
Cash equivalents	1,579		—		—		—			1,579
Investments at fair value	27,586		—		60,954		—			88,540
Total assets	$	62,303	$	1,529,454	$	170,606	$	(346,856	)	$	1,415,507
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	84,568	$	1,199	$	—	$	—		$	85,767
Fixed income securities	—		17,029		—		—			17,029
U.S. government agency securities	—		83,901		—		—			83,901
U.S. government securities	315,666		—		—		—			315,666
Derivative contracts	1,274		362,877		5,479		(359,300		)	10,330
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	401,508	$	465,006	$	5,479	$	(359,300	)	$	512,693

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

19

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2013:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	39,711	$	14,386	$	—	$	—		$	54,097
Convertible securities	—		80,784		—		—			80,784
Fixed income securities	—		10,002		100		—			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		232,379		—		—			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	—		459,432		1,433		—			460,865
Short-term securities	—		61,964		656		—			62,620
Asset-backed securities	—		12		119,799		—			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	—		304,737		—		—			304,737
Derivative contracts	19		351,589		691		(313,666		)	38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	39,730		1,515,285		122,679		(313,666		)	1,364,028
Cash equivalents	101,629		—		—		—			101,629
Investments at fair value	20,690		—		49,240		—			69,930
Total assets	$	162,049	$	1,515,285	$	171,919	$	(313,666	)	$	1,535,587
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	69,205	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	—		24,021		—		—			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	—		120,084		—		—			120,084
U.S. government securities	291,320		—		—		—			291,320
Derivative contracts	1,889		324,065		6,643		(324,394		)	8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	362,414	$	468,170	$	6,643	$	(324,394	)	$	512,833

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

The Company’s Level III assets were $170.6 million and $171.9 million, or 12.1 percent and 11.2 percent of financial instruments measured at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The value of transfers between levels are recognized at the beginning of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between Level I, Level II or Level III for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

20

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The following tables summarize the changes in fair value associated with Level III financial instruments during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Balance at												Realized			Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/			gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)			(losses) (1)			2014
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Fixed income securities	$	100	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	100
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	1,433		—			—			—		—		—			—			1,433
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—			—			656
Asset-backed securities	119,799		96,725			(114,506		)	—		—		6,270			(889		)	107,399
Derivative contracts	691		2,614			—			—		—		(2,614		)	(627		)	64
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	122,679		99,339			(114,506		)	—		—		3,656			(1,516		)	109,652
Investments at fair value	49,240		10,000			—			—		—		—			1,714			60,954
Total assets	$	171,919	$	109,339		$	(114,506	)	$	—	$	—	$	3,656		$	198		$	170,606
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

21

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Balance at												Realized		Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/		gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2012		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)		(losses) (1)			2013
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	$	1,429	$	1		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1		$	1,431
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—		—			656
Asset-backed securities	116,171		124,450			(142,404		)	—		—		15,272		(5,835		)	107,654
Derivative contracts	827		—			(13		)	—		—		—		1,558			2,372
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	119,083		124,451			(142,417		)	—		—		15,272		(4,276		)	112,113
Investments at fair value	33,245		5,362			—			—		—		4		3,042			41,653
Total assets	$	152,328	$	129,813		$	(142,417	)	$	—	$	—	$	15,276	$	(1,234	)	$	153,766
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Derivative contracts	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

The carrying values of the Company’s cash, securities either purchased or sold under agreements to resell, receivables and payables either from or to customers and brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and short-term financings approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature.

Note 8Variable Interest Entities

The Company has investments in and/or acts as the managing partner of various partnerships, limited liability companies, or registered mutual funds. These entities were established for the purpose of investing in securities of public or private companies, or municipal debt obligations and were initially financed through the capital commitments or seed investments of the members.

Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") are entities in which equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities. The determination as to whether an entity is a VIE is based on the amount and nature of the members’ equity investment in the entity. The Company also considers other characteristics such as the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. For those entities that meet the deferral provisions defined by FASB ASU No. 2010-10, "Consolidation: Amendments for Certain Investment Funds," ("ASU 2010-10"), the Company considers characteristics such as the ability to influence the decision making about the entity’s activities and how the entity is financed. The Company has identified certain of the entities described above as VIEs. These VIEs had net assets approximating $0.8 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company’s exposure to loss from these VIEs is $13.2 million, which is the carrying value of its capital contributions recorded in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2014. The Company had no liabilities related to these VIEs at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

22

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The Company is required to consolidate all VIEs for which it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary is based on whether the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For those entities that meet the deferral provisions defined by ASU 2010-10, the determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary differs in that it is based on whether the Company will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. The Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and accordingly does not consolidate them. Furthermore, the Company has not provided financial or other support to these VIEs that it was not previously contractually required to provide as of March 31, 2014.

The Company has investments in a grantor trust which was established as part of a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the grantor trust. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the grantor trust are consolidated by the Company on the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 19 for additional information on the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

The Company also originates CMOs through secondary market vehicles. The Company's risk of loss with respect to these entities is limited to the fair value of the securities held by the Company.

Note 9Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Receivable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	107,228	$	59,657
Deposits paid for securities borrowed	40,888		36,278
Receivable from clearing organizations	9,862		966
Deposits with clearing organizations	56,412		20,995
Securities failed to deliver	2,345		593
Other	13,828		8,624
	$	230,563	$	127,113

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Payable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	94,274	$	5,643
Payable to clearing organizations	788		9,462
Securities failed to receive	5,789		744
Other	10,129		11,873
	$	110,980	$	27,722

Deposits paid for securities borrowed approximate the market value of the securities. Securities failed to deliver and receive represent the contract value of securities that have not been delivered or received by the Company on settlement date.

Note 10Collateralized Securities Transactions

The Company’s financing and customer securities activities involve the Company using securities as collateral. In the event that the counterparty does not meet its contractual obligation to return securities used as collateral (e.g., pursuant to the terms of a repurchase agreement), or customers do not deposit additional securities or cash for margin when required, the Company may be exposed to the risk of reacquiring the securities or selling the securities at unfavorable market prices in order to satisfy its obligations to its customers or counterparties. The Company seeks to control this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged or used as collateral on a daily basis and requiring adjustments in the event of excess market exposure. The Company also uses unaffiliated third party custodians to administer the underlying collateral for certain of its repurchase agreements and short-term financing to mitigate risk.

23

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In a reverse repurchase agreement the Company purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and agrees to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest in the future. In a repurchase agreement, the Company sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically for cash, and agrees to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date. Even though repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at maturity of the agreement.

In a securities borrowed transaction, the Company borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the Company returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In the normal course of business, the Company obtains securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and margin agreements on terms that permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others, typically pursuant to repurchase agreements. The Company obtained securities with a fair value of approximately $221.3 million and $212.4 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, of which $212.9 million and $194.9 million, respectively, had been pledged or otherwise transferred to satisfy its commitments under financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased.

The following is a summary of the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("Repurchase Liabilities"), the fair market value of collateral pledged and the interest rate charged by the Company’s counterparty, which is based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin, as of March 31, 2014:

	Repurchase		Fair Market
(Dollars in thousands)	Liabilities		Value		Interest Rate
Term up to 30 day maturities:
Asset-backed securities	$	6,839	$	9,194	1.65%
On demand maturities:
U.S. government securities	45,207		49,064		0.30 - 0.60%
	$	52,046	$	58,258

Reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are reported on a net basis by counterparty when a legal right of offset exists.

There were no gross amounts offset on the consolidated statements of financial condition for reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed or repurchase agreements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, as a legal right of offset did not exist. The Company had no outstanding securities lending arrangements as of March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. See Note 6 for information related to the Company's offsetting of derivative contracts. 

Note 11Investments

The Company’s proprietary investments include investments in private companies and partnerships, registered mutual funds, warrants of public and private companies and private company debt. Investments included:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Investments at fair value	$	88,540		$	69,930
Investments at cost	19,831			20,709
Investments accounted for under the equity method	21,884			21,404
Total investments	130,255			112,043
Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests (1)	(27,300		)	(21,137		)
	$	102,955		$	90,906

(1) Noncontrolling interests are attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles.

Management regularly reviews the Company’s investments in private company debt and has concluded that no valuation allowance is needed as it is probable that all contractual principal and interest will be collected.

24

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

At March 31, 2014, investments carried on a cost basis had an estimated fair market value of $25.5 million. The estimated fair value of these investments was based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")), among other factors. Because valuation estimates were based upon management’s judgment, investments carried at cost would be categorized as Level III assets in the fair value hierarchy, if they were carried at fair value.

Investments accounted for under the equity method include general and limited partnership interests. The carrying value of these investments is based on the investment vehicle’s net asset value. The net assets of investment partnerships consist of investments in both marketable and non-marketable securities. The underlying investments held by such partnerships are valued based on the estimated fair value determined by management in our capacity as general partner or investor and, in the case of investments in unaffiliated investment partnerships, are based on financial statements prepared by the unaffiliated general partners.

Note 12Other Assets

Other assets included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net deferred income tax assets	$	28,110	$	36,252
Fee receivables	24,738		34,415
Accrued interest receivables	10,402		9,793
Forgivable loans, net	10,333		7,879
Income tax receivables	3,513		—
Prepaid expenses	4,934		5,237
Other	9,834		8,516
Total other assets	$	91,864	$	102,092

Note 13Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Capital			Asset
(Dollars in thousands)	Markets			Management			Total
Goodwill
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Goodwill acquired	—			—			—
Impairment charge	—			—			—
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Intangible assets
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	5,316		$	34,614		$	39,930
Amortization of intangible assets	(743		)	(1,575		)	(2,318		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,573		$	33,039		$	37,612

25

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 14Short-Term Financing

The following is a summary of short-term financing and the weighted average interest rate on borrowings:

	Outstanding Balance				Weighted Average Interest Rate
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Commercial paper (secured)	$	274,753	$	280,294	1.56	%	1.59	%
Prime broker arrangement	161,056		234,417		0.82	%	0.90	%
Total short-term financing	$	435,809	$	514,711

The Company issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. The commercial paper notes (“CP Notes”) can be issued with maturities of 27 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are issued under three separate programs, CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A, and are secured by different inventory classes. As of March 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A was 151 days, 97 days and 33 days, respectively. The CP Notes are interest bearing or sold at a discount to par with an interest rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin.

The Company has established an arrangement to obtain financing with a prime broker related to its municipal bond funds. Financing under this arrangement is secured by certain securities, primarily municipal securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. The funding is at the discretion of the prime broker subject to a notice period.

The Company has committed short-term bank line financing available on a secured basis and uncommitted short-term bank line financing available on both a secured and unsecured basis. The Company uses these credit facilities in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of its daily operations and the amount borrowed under these credit facilities varies daily based on the Company’s funding needs.

The Company’s committed short-term bank line financing at March 31, 2014 consisted of a one-year $250 million committed revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A., which was renewed in December 2013. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires the Company’s U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain a minimum net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under this facility will be due on December 27, 2014. The Company pays a nonrefundable commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility on a quarterly basis. At March 31, 2014, the Company had no advances against this line of credit.

The Company’s uncommitted secured lines at March 31, 2014 totaled $185 million with two banks and are dependent on having appropriate collateral, as determined by the bank agreement, to secure an advance under the line. The availability of the Company’s uncommitted lines are subject to approval by the individual banks each time an advance is requested and may be denied. At March 31, 2014, the Company had no advances against these lines of credit.

Note 15Variable Rate Senior Notes

On November 30, 2012, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement (“Note Purchase Agreement”) under which the Company issued unsecured variable rate senior notes (“Notes”) in the amount of $125 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised by PIMCO. The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $75 million, respectively. The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.00 percent and mature on May 31, 2014. The Class B Notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.50 percent and mature on November 30, 2015. Interest on the Notes is adjustable and payable quarterly. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on the respective maturity dates and may not be prepaid by the Company.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal when due or failure to pay interest within five business days of when due, any representation or warranty in the Note Purchase Agreement proving untrue in any material respect when made by the Company, failure to comply with the covenants in the Note Purchase Agreement, failure to pay or another event of default under other material indebtedness in an amount exceeding $10 million, bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a change in control of the Company. If there is any event of default under the Note Purchase Agreement, the noteholders may declare the entire principal and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable and exercise other customary remedies.

26

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The Note Purchase Agreement includes covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated tangible net worth and regulatory net capital, limit the Company's leverage ratio and require the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. With respect to the net capital covenant, the Company's U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is required to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. At March 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The Notes are recorded at amortized cost. As of March 31, 2014, the carrying value of the Notes approximates fair value.

Note 16Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including complaints and litigation and arbitration claims, arising from its business activities. Such actions include claims related to securities brokerage and investment banking activities, and certain class actions that primarily allege violations of securities laws and seek unspecified damages, which could be substantial. Also, the Company is involved from time to time in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”) which could result in adverse judgments, settlement, penalties, fines or other relief.

The Company has established reserves for potential losses that are probable and reasonably estimable that may result from pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings. In many cases, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount or range of any potential loss, particularly where proceedings may be in relatively early stages or where plaintiffs are seeking substantial or indeterminate damages. Matters frequently need to be more developed before a loss or range of loss can reasonably be estimated.

Given uncertainties regarding the timing, scope, volume and outcome of pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings and other factors, the amounts of reserves and ranges of reasonably possible losses are difficult to determine and of necessity subject to future revision. Subject to the foregoing, management of the Company believes, based on currently available information, after consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account its established reserves, that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if during any period a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves, the results of operations and cash flows in that period and the financial condition as of the end of that period could be materially adversely affected. In addition, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been brought to the Company’s attention or are not yet determined to be reasonably possible.

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space throughout the United States and in a limited number of foreign countries where the Company’s international operations reside. Aggregate minimum lease commitments under operating leases as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Remainder of 2014	$	8,422
2015	11,186
2016	11,385
2017	9,680
2018	9,380
Thereafter	34,907
	$	84,960

27

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 17Shareholders’ Equity

Share Repurchases

In the third quarter of 2012, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million in common shares through September 30, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not repurchase any shares of the Company's outstanding common stock related to this authorization. The Company has $39.5 million remaining under this authorization. The Company also purchases shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting as recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. The Company purchased 182,615 shares or $7.3 million of the Company’s common stock for this purpose during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Issuance of Shares

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued 103,598 common shares out of treasury stock in fulfillment of $4.2 million in obligations under the Piper Jaffray Companies Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and issued 445,114 common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting and exercise transactions as discussed in Note 19. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company issued 96,049 common shares out of treasury stock in fulfillment of $3.9 million in obligations under the Retirement Plan and issued 669,221 common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting.

Note 18Noncontrolling Interests

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund of $122.3 million, a merchant banking fund of $19.3 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $8.0 million as of March 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, noncontrolling interests included the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund of $126.3 million, a merchant banking fund of $14.1 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $7.0 million.

Ownership interests in entities held by parties other than the Company’s common shareholders are presented as noncontrolling interests within shareholders’ equity, separate from the Company’s own equity. Revenues, expenses and net income or loss are reported on the consolidated statements of operations on a consolidated basis, which includes amounts attributable to both the Company’s common shareholders and noncontrolling interests. Net income or loss is then allocated between the Company and noncontrolling interests based upon their relative ownership interests. Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests is deducted from consolidated net income to determine net income applicable to the Company. There was no other comprehensive income or loss attributed to noncontrolling interests for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Common						Total
	Shareholders’			Noncontrolling			Shareholders’
(Dollars in thousands)	Equity			Interests			Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	734,676		$	147,396		$	882,072
Net income	17,748			5,138			22,886
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	17,776			—			17,776
Issuance of treasury shares for options exercised	273			—			273
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	(7,346		)	—			(7,346		)
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	4,156			—			4,156
Shares reserved/issued for director compensation	120			—			120
Other comprehensive income	51			—			51
Fund capital withdrawals, net	—			(2,909		)	(2,909		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	767,454		$	149,625		$	917,079

28

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 19Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company maintains two stock-based compensation plans, the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and the 2010 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”). The Company’s equity awards are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value over the service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding equity awards (in shares or units) as of March 31, 2014:

Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock
Annual grants	825,343
Sign-on grants	425,527
	1,250,870
Inducement Plan
Restricted Stock	29,159
Total restricted stock related to compensation	1,280,029
ARI deal consideration (1)	104,496
Total restricted stock outstanding	1,384,525
Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Units
Leadership grants	290,536
Incentive Plan
Stock options outstanding	359,072

(1) The Company issued restricted stock as part of deal consideration in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI.

Incentive Plan

The Incentive Plan permits the grant of equity awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options, to the Company’s employees and directors for up to 7.0 million shares of common stock (1.0 million shares remained available for future issuance under the Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014). The Company believes that such awards help align the interests of employees and directors with those of shareholders and serve as an employee retention tool. The Incentive Plan provides for accelerated vesting of awards if there is a severance event, a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Incentive Plan), in the event of a participant’s death, and at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors.

29

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock grants are valued at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and are amortized over the related requisite service period. The Company grants shares of restricted stock to current employees as part of year-end compensation (“Annual Grants”) and as a retention tool. Employees may receive restricted stock upon initial hiring or as a retention award (“Sign-on Grants”).

The Company’s Annual Grants are made each year in February. Annual Grants vest ratably over three years in equal installments. The Annual Grants provide for continued vesting after termination of employment, so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreements entered into upon termination. The Company determined the service inception date precedes the grant date for the Annual Grants, and that the post-termination restrictions do not meet the criteria for an in-substance service condition, as defined by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation – Stock Compensation" ("ASC 718"). Accordingly, restricted stock granted as part of the Annual Grants is expensed in the one-year period in which those awards are deemed to be earned, which is generally the calendar year preceding the February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal 2013 for its February 2014 Annual Grant. If an equity award related to the Annual Grants is forfeited as a result of violating the post-termination restrictions, the lower of the fair value of the award at grant date or the fair value of the award at the date of forfeiture is recorded within the consolidated statements of operations as a reversal of compensation expense.

Sign-on Grants are used as a recruiting tool for new employees and are issued to current employees as a retention tool. These awards have both cliff and ratable vesting terms, and the employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis from the grant date over the requisite service period, generally two to five years. Employees forfeit unvested shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded.

Annually, the Company grants stock to its non-employee directors. The stock-based compensation paid to non-employee directors is fully expensed on the grant date and included within outside services expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted restricted stock units to its leadership team (“Leadership Grants”) in May 2012 and 2013, respectively. The units will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of each 36-month performance period only if the Company satisfies predetermined market conditions over the performance period. Under the terms of the grants, the number of units that will vest and convert to shares will be based on the Company achieving specified market conditions during each performance period as described below. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the three-year requisite service period based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. The market condition must be met for the awards to vest and compensation cost will be recognized regardless if the market condition is satisfied. Employees forfeit unvested share units upon termination of employment with a corresponding reversal of compensation expense.

Up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to members of a predetermined peer group and up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return. The fair value of the awards on the grant date were determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions:

	Risk-free	Expected Stock
Grant Year	Interest Rate	Price Volatility
2013	0.40%	44.0%
2012	0.38%	47.6%

Because a portion of the award vesting depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a peer group, the valuation modeled the performance of the peer group as well as the correlation between the Company and the peer group. The expected stock price volatility assumptions were determined using historical volatility as correlation coefficients can only be developed through historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates were determined based on three-year U.S. Treasury bond yields.

30

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Stock Options

The Company previously granted options to purchase Piper Jaffray Companies common stock to employees and non-employee directors in fiscal years 2004 through 2008. Employee and director options were expensed by the Company on a straight-line basis over the required service period, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As described above pertaining to the Company’s Annual Grants of restricted shares, stock options granted to employees were expensed in the calendar year preceding the annual February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal 2007 for its February 2008 option grant. The maximum term of the stock options granted to employees and directors is ten years. The Company has not granted stock options since 2008.

Inducement Plan

In 2010, the Company established the Inducement Plan in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI. The Company granted $7.0 million in restricted stock (158,801 shares) under the Inducement Plan to ARI employees upon closing of the transaction. These shares vest ratably over five years in equal annual installments ending on March 1, 2015. Inducement Plan awards are amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Employees forfeit unvested Inducement Plan shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded.

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

The Company recorded total compensation expense within continuing operations of $5.3 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to employee restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. Total compensation cost includes year-end compensation for Annual Grants and the amortization of Sign-on Grants, less forfeitures of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. There were no forfeitures for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation costs totaled $2.0 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock (including the unvested restricted stock issued as part of the deal consideration for ARI) under the Incentive Plan and Inducement Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested		Weighted Average
	Restricted Stock		Grant Date
	(in Shares)		Fair Value
December 31, 2013	1,582,062		$	35.25
Granted	402,074		40.12
Vested	(599,611	)	37.58
Canceled	—		—
March 31, 2014	1,384,525		$	35.66

The following summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested	Weighted Average
	Restricted	Grant Date
	Stock Units	Fair Value
December 31, 2013	290,536	$	15.83
Granted	—	—
Vested	—	—
Canceled	—	—
March 31, 2014	290,536	$	15.83

As of March 31, 2014, there was $11.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and restricted stock units expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.73 years.

31

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s outstanding stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

					Weighted Average
			Weighted		Remaining
	Options		Average		Contractual Term	Aggregate
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		(in Years)	Intrinsic Value
December 31, 2013	469,289		$	44.83	2.0	$	288,318
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(8,573	)	31.88
Canceled	(55	)	39.62
Expired	(101,589	)	47.48
March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075
Options exercisable at March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075

As of March 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to be recognized over future years.

The intrinsic value and resulting tax benefit realized from option exercises were immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

In 2013, the Company adopted a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, an unfunded plan which allows certain highly compensated employees, at their election, to defer a percentage of their base salary, commissions and/or cash bonuses. The deferrals vest immediately and are non-forfeitable. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust. The Company invests, as a principal, in investments to economically hedge its obligation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Investments in the grantor trust, consisting of mutual funds, totaled $5.8 million as of March 31, 2014, and are included in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The compensation deferred by the employees is expensed in the period earned. The deferred compensation liability was $5.8 million as of March 31, 2014. Changes in the fair value of the investments made by the Company are reported in investment income/(loss) and changes in the corresponding deferred compensation liability are reflected as compensation and benefits expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

In 2012, the Company established the Piper Jaffray Companies Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan, a deferred compensation plan which allows eligible employees to elect to receive a portion of the incentive compensation they would otherwise receive in the form of restricted stock, instead in MFRS Awards of registered funds managed by the Company's asset management business. MFRS Awards are awarded to qualifying employees in February of each year, and represent a portion of their compensation for performance in the preceding year similar to the Company's Annual Grants. MFRS Awards vest ratably over three years in equal installments and provide for continued vesting after termination of employment so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreement entered into upon termination. Forfeitures are recorded as a reduction of compensation and benefits expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has also granted MFRS Awards to new employees as a recruiting tool. Employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense from these awards will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of two to five years.

32

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 20Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders represents net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. All of the Company’s unvested restricted shares are deemed to be participating securities as they are eligible to share in the profits (e.g., receive dividends) of the Company. The Company’s unvested restricted stock units are not participating securities as they are not eligible to share in the profits of the Company. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

The computation of earnings per share is as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)	2014			2013
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748		$	10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	—			(521		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748			10,146
Earnings allocated to participating securities (1)	(1,659		)	(1,180		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders(2)	$	16,089		$	8,966
Shares for basic and diluted calculations:
Average shares used in basic computation	14,612			15,582
Stock options	45			28
Average shares used in diluted computation	14,657			15,610
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.10		$	0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.10		$	0.57

(1) Represents the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Participating securities include all of the Company’s unvested restricted shares. The weighted average participating shares outstanding were 1,510,839 and 2,055,679 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2) Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders for diluted and basic EPS may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders and participating securities for purposes of calculating diluted and basic EPS.

The anti-dilutive effects from stock options were immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

33

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 21Segment Reporting

Basis for Presentation

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on segment pre-tax operating income or loss and segment pre-tax operating margin. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, including each segment’s respective net revenues, use of shared resources, headcount or other relevant measures. The financial management of assets is performed on an enterprise-wide basis. As such, assets are not assigned to the business segments.

Segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin exclude the results of discontinued operations.

Reportable segment financial results from continuing operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Capital Markets
Investment banking
Financing
Equities	$	35,301		$	14,303
Debt	13,539			17,032
Advisory services	39,728			9,556
Total investment banking	88,568			40,891
Institutional sales and trading
Equities	24,260			20,735
Fixed income	25,238			24,388
Total institutional sales and trading	49,498			45,123
Management and performance fees	1,737			1,019
Investment income	10,378			6,137
Long-term financing expenses	(1,740		)	(1,949		)
Net revenues	148,441			91,221
Operating expenses (1)	120,930			78,458
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	27,511		$	12,763
Segment pre-tax operating margin	18.5		%	14.0		%

34

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Asset Management
Management and performance fees
Management fees	$	19,136		$	17,086
Performance fees	86			351
Total management and performance fees	19,222			17,437
Investment income	470			875
Net revenues	19,692			18,312
Operating expenses (1)	14,490			12,907
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	5,202		$	5,405
Segment pre-tax operating margin	26.4		%	29.5		%
Total
Net revenues	$	168,133		$	109,533
Operating expenses (1)	135,420			91,365
Pre-tax operating income	$	32,713		$	18,168
Pre-tax operating margin	19.5		%	16.6		%

(1) Operating expenses include intangible asset amortization expense as set forth in the table below:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Capital Markets	$	743	$	—
Asset Management	1,575		1,661
Total intangible asset amortization expense	$	2,318	$	1,661

Geographic Areas

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European locations. Net revenues and long-lived assets for the Company's Asian location was not significant. Net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view, with financing revenues allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the capital market, advisory revenues allocated based upon the location of the investment banking team and net institutional sales and trading revenues allocated based upon the location of the client. Asset management revenues are allocated to the U.S. based upon the geographic location of the Company’s asset management team. Net revenues exclude discontinued operations for all periods presented.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net revenues:
United States	$	165,325	$	105,726
Europe	2,808		3,807
Consolidated	$	168,133	$	109,533

35

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Long-lived assets are allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the asset. The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic region:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	285,320	$	296,516
Europe	6,346		6,414
Consolidated	$	291,666	$	302,930

Note 22Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

Piper Jaffray is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a member of various SROs and securities exchanges. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) serves as Piper Jaffray’s primary SRO. Piper Jaffray is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. Piper Jaffray has elected to use the alternative method permitted by the SEC rule, which requires that it maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as such term is defined in the SEC rule. Under its rules, FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated debt, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals by Piper Jaffray are subject to certain notification and other provisions of SEC and FINRA rules. In addition, Piper Jaffray is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

At March 31, 2014, net capital calculated under the SEC rule was $185.2 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $184.2 million.

The Company’s short-term committed credit facility of $250 million and its variable rate senior notes include covenants requiring Piper Jaffray to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million.

Piper Jaffray Ltd., a broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, was subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. As of March 31, 2014, Piper Jaffray Ltd. was in compliance with the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority.

36

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes and exhibits included elsewhere in this report. Certain statements in this report may be considered forward-looking. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements other than historical information or statements of current condition and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, and also may include our belief regarding the effect of various legal proceedings, as set forth under "Legal Proceedings" in Part I, Item 3 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including those factors discussed below under "External Factors Impacting Our Business" as well as the factors identified under "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, as updated in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. These reports are available at our Web site at www.piperjaffray.com and at the SEC Web site at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have included financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). These non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments to exclude (1) revenues and expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, and (3) compensation from acquisition-related agreements. These adjustments affect the following financial measures: net revenues, non-compensation expenses, net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies, earnings per diluted common share, segment net revenues, segment operating expenses, segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin. Management believes that presenting these results and measures on an adjusted basis in conjunction with U.S. GAAP measures provides the most meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results across periods.

Executive Overview

Our continuing operations are principally engaged in providing investment banking, institutional brokerage, asset management and related financial services to corporations, private equity groups, public entities, non-profit entities and institutional investors in the United States and Europe. We operate through two reportable business segments:

Capital Markets – The Capital Markets segment provides institutional sales, trading and research services and investment banking services. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions, government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses from trading these securities. Investment banking services include management of and participation in underwritings, merger and acquisition services and public finance activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees. Also, we generate revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on proprietary investments in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, and merchant banking activities that involve equity or debt investments in late stage private companies. As certain of these efforts have matured and an investment process has been developed, we have created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and municipal securities in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors. We receive management and performance fees for managing these funds.

As part of our strategy to grow our public finance business, on July 12, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation ("Seattle-Northwest"), a Seattle-based investment bank and broker dealer focused on public finance in the Northwest region of the U.S.

On July 16, 2013, we completed the purchase of Edgeview Partners, L.P. ("Edgeview"), a middle-market advisory firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions. The acquisition further strengthens our mergers and acquisitions position in the middle market and adds resources dedicated to the private equity community.

For more information on our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, see Note 4 of our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

37

Asset Management – The Asset Management segment provides traditional asset management services by taking a value-driven approach to managing assets in domestic and international equity markets. Additionally, the asset management segment manages investments in master limited partnerships ("MLPs") focused on the energy sector for institutions and individuals. Revenues are generated in the form of management and performance fees. Revenues are also generated through investments in the partnerships and funds that we manage.

Discontinued Operations – Our discontinued operations include the operating results of our Hong Kong capital markets business, which ceased operations in 2012, and Fiduciary Asset Management, LLC ("FAMCO"), an asset management subsidiary we sold in the second quarter of 2013. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

Results for the three months ended March 31, 2014

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies from continuing operations in the first quarter of2014 was $17.7 million, or $1.10 per diluted common share, compared with $10.7 million, or $0.60 per diluted common share, for the prior-year period. At March 31, 2014, we generated a rolling 12 month return on average common shareholders' equity of 7.2 percent, compared with 6.7 percent at March 31, 2013. Net revenues from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were $168.1 million, up 53.5 percent from $109.5 million in the year-ago period due to higher equity financing and advisory services revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, non-compensation expenses from continuing operations were $34.9 million, compared with $25.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Non-compensation expenses from continuing operations were reduced in the first quarter of 2013 due to the receipt of insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of prior legal settlements. Additionally, the first quarter of 2014 includes incremental costs associated with the acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview completed in the third quarter of 2013.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, adjusted net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies from continuing operations was $20.0 million⁽¹⁾, or $1.24⁽¹⁾ per diluted common share, compared with $11.9 million⁽¹⁾, or $0.67⁽¹⁾ per diluted common share, for the prior-year period. Adjusted net revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were $161.5 million⁽¹⁾, an increase of 51.3 percent from $106.7 million⁽¹⁾ reported in the year-ago period. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, adjusted non-compensation expenses were $31.1 million⁽¹⁾, up 37.1 percent from $22.7 million⁽¹⁾ for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

(1) Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted non-GAAP financial information

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Net revenues:
Net revenues – U.S. GAAP basis	$	168,133		$	109,533
Adjustments:
Revenue related to noncontrolling interests	(6,636		)	(2,810		)
Adjusted net revenues	$	161,497		$	106,723
Non-compensation expenses:
Non-compensation expenses – U.S. GAAP basis	$	34,931		$	25,260
Adjustments:
Non-compensation expenses related to noncontrolling interests	(1,498		)	(909		)
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions	(2,318		)	(1,661		)
Adjusted non-compensation expenses	$	31,115		$	22,690
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies:
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies - U.S. GAAP basis	$	17,748		$	10,667
Adjustments:
Compensation from acquisition-related agreements	788			196
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions	1,499			1,015
Adjusted net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	20,035		$	11,878
Earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations:
U.S. GAAP basis	$	1.10		$	0.60
Adjustments:
Compensation from acquisition-related agreements	0.05			0.01
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions	0.09			0.06
Non-U.S. GAAP basis, as adjusted	$	1.24		$	0.67

38

External Factors Impacting Our Business

Performance in the financial services industry in which we operate is highly correlated to the overall strength of economic conditions and financial market activity. Overall market conditions are a product of many factors, which are beyond our control and mostly unpredictable. These factors may affect the financial decisions made by investors, including their level of participation in the financial markets. In turn, these decisions may affect our business results. With respect to financial market activity, our profitability is sensitive to a variety of factors, including the demand for investment banking services as reflected by the number and size of equity and debt financings and merger and acquisition transactions, the volatility of the equity and fixed income markets, changes in interest rates (especially rapid and extreme changes) and credit spreads, the level and shape of various yield curves, the volume and value of trading in securities, and the demand for asset management services.

Factors that differentiate our business within the financial services industry may also affect our financial results. For example, our capital markets business focuses on a middle-market clientele in specific industry sectors. If the business environment for our focus sectors is impacted disproportionately as compared to the economy as a whole, or does not recover on pace with other sectors of the economy, our business and results of operations will be negatively impacted. In addition, our business could be affected differently than overall market trends. Given the variability of the capital markets and securities businesses, our earnings may fluctuate significantly from period to period, and results for any individual period should not be considered indicative of future results.

As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to complex and extensive regulation of our business. In recent years and following the credit crisis of 2008, legislators and regulators increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry, resulting in fundamental changes to the manner in which the industry is regulated and increased regulation in a number of areas. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted in 2010 bringing sweeping change to financial services regulation in the U.S. Changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate could affect our business and the competitive environment, potentially adversely.

Outlook for the remainder of 2014

In 2014, we expect continuing improvement in U.S. economic growth, modest appreciation in the equity markets and gradually increasing U.S. interest rates as the U.S. economy continues to improve by building on momentum that emerged in the second half of 2013. We believe that the fixed income market has largely factored in the Federal Reserve's intention to continue tapering bond purchases under its quantitative easing program, and interest rates generally will move in response to the rate of economic growth and inflation expectations going forward, but will be sensitive to the Federal Reserve's short-term interest rate policies and guidance.

A rising interest rate environment in 2014 may result in varied financial results across our debt financing and fixed income institutional brokerage businesses. The sharp increase in interest rates in mid-2013 resulted in a substantial decline in debt refinancing activity, which has negatively impacted our debt financing revenues. We expect less favorable debt underwriting conditions in 2014 as the demand for refinancing activity subsides in a rising interest rate environment and new issuance activity is not expected to entirely offset this decline. The strength of our broader product offerings and investments in our public finance business over the past few years will benefit us during these challenging conditions. We will continue to manage our inventories and hedging strategies to mitigate market volatility and our exposure to rising interest rates.

Equity markets finished the quarter slightly ahead of their record levels at the end of 2013, and attracted both issuers and investors into the market. As a result, equity capital raising remained strong and trading volumes increased from 2013 levels. We believe that the equity markets will continue to appreciate in 2014, but at more modest levels that may include a period of market correction. Conditions should continue to be accommodative for our equity-related businesses, however, a period of market correction may be disruptive to our capital raising, while our trading business should benefit from higher volatility.

Asset management revenues will continue to be dependent upon equity valuations and our investment performance, which can impact the amount of client inflows and outflows of assets under management.

39

Results of Operations

To provide comparative information of our operating results for the periods presented, a discussion of adjusted segment results follows the discussion of our total consolidated U.S. GAAP results. Our adjusted segment results exclude certain revenue and expenses required under U.S. GAAP. See the sections titled "Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" and "Segment Performance from Continuing Operations" in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional discussion and reconciliations.

Financial Summary for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013

The following table provides a summary of the results of our operations on a U.S. GAAP basis and the results of our operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated.

								As a Percentage of
								Net Revenues for the
	Three Months Ended							Three Months Ended
	March 31,							March 31,
						2014
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013			v2013		2014		2013
Revenues:
Investment banking	$	88,474	$	40,821		116.7	%	52.6	%	37.3	%
Institutional brokerage	44,034		40,147			9.7		26.2		36.7
Asset management	20,959		18,456			13.6		12.5		16.8
Interest	13,659		10,823			26.2		8.1		9.9
Investment income	6,768		5,065			33.6		4.0		4.6
Total revenues	173,894		115,312			50.8		103.4		105.3
Interest expense	5,761		5,779			(0.3	)	3.4		5.3
Net revenues	168,133		109,533			53.5		100.0		100.0
Non-interest expenses:
Compensation and benefits	100,489		66,105			52.0		59.8		60.4
Occupancy and equipment	6,778		5,817			16.5		4.0		5.3
Communications	5,955		5,232			13.8		3.5		4.8
Floor brokerage and clearance	1,834		2,150			(14.7	)	1.1		2.0
Marketing and business development	5,526		4,980			11.0		3.3		4.5
Outside services	9,493		7,214			31.6		5.6		6.6
Intangible asset amortization expense	2,318		1,661			39.6		1.4		1.5
Other operating expenses	3,027		(1,794		)	N/M		1.8		(1.6	)
Total non-interest expenses	135,420		91,365			48.2		80.5		83.4
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense	32,713		18,168			80.1		19.5		16.6
Income tax expense	9,827		5,600			75.5		5.8		5.1
Income from continuing operations	22,886		12,568			82.1		13.6		11.5
Discontinued operations:
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		(521		)	N/M		—		(0.5	)
Net income	22,886		12,047			90.0		13.6		11.0
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138		1,901			170.3		3.1		1.7
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748	$	10,146		74.9	%	10.6	%	9.3	%

N/M — Not meaningful

40

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies of $17.7 million. Net revenues from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were $168.1 million, a 53.5 percent increase compared to $109.5 million in the year-ago period. In the first quarter of2014, investment banking revenues were $88.5 million, compared with $40.8 million in the prior-year period due to strong equity financing and advisory services revenues resulting from favorable equity capital markets conditions. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, institutional brokerage revenues increased 9.7 percent to $44.0 million, compared with $40.1 millionin the first quarter of2013, due to higher equity institutional brokerage revenues. In the first quarter of2014, asset management fees increased 13.6 percent to $21.0 million, compared with $18.5 millionin the first quarter of2013, due to higher management fees from increased assets under management, particularly related to our master limited partnership ("MLP") product offering. In the first three months of 2014, net interest income increased 56.6 percent to $7.9 million, compared with $5.0 million in prior-year period. The increase was primarily the result of higher net interest income attributable to noncontrolling interests from our municipal bond fund, as well as higher inventory balances in mortgage-backed and municipal securities. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, investment income was $6.8 million, compared with $5.1 million in the prior-year period as we recorded higher investment gains associated with our investment in the municipal bond funds that we manage. Non-interest expenses from continuing operations were $135.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 48.2 percent compared to $91.4 million in the prior year, primarily resulting from higher compensation expenses due to a significantly increased revenue base.

Consolidated Non-Interest Expenses from Continuing Operations

Compensation and Benefits – Compensation and benefits expenses, which are the largest component of our expenses, include salaries, incentive compensation, benefits, stock-based compensation, employment taxes, income associated with the forfeiture of stock-based compensation and other employee costs. A portion of compensation expense is comprised of variable incentive arrangements, including discretionary incentive compensation, the amount of which fluctuates in proportion to the level of business activity, increasing with higher revenues and operating profits. Other compensation costs, primarily base salaries and benefits, are more fixed in nature. The timing of incentive compensation payments, which generally occur in February, has a greater impact on our cash position and liquidity than is reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, compensation and benefits expenses increased 52.0 percent to $100.5 million from $66.1 million in 2013 due to improved financial results. Compensation and benefits expenses as a percentage of net revenues was 59.8 percentin the first quarter of2014 and 60.4 percentin the first quarter of2013.

Occupancy and Equipment – For the three months ended March 31, 2014, occupancy and equipment expenses increased 16.5 percent to $6.8 million, compared with $5.8 million in the corresponding period of 2013. The increase was primarily the result of incremental occupancy expenses from our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview completed during the third quarter of 2013.

Communications – Communication expenses include costs for telecommunication and data communication, primarily consisting of expenses for obtaining third-party market data information. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, communication expenses increased 13.8 percent to $6.0 million, compared with $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase resulted from higher market data service expenses due to increased headcount driven by our acquisitions and investments in personnel made during 2013.

Floor Brokerage and Clearance – For the three months ended March 31, 2014, floor brokerage and clearance expenses were $1.8 million, compared with $2.2 million million in the corresponding period of 2013.

Marketing and Business Development – Marketing and business development expenses include travel and entertainment and promotional and advertising costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, marketing and business development expenses increased 11.0 percent to $5.5 million, compared with $5.0 million for the first quarter of 2013, due to higher travel expenses resulting from increased equity underwriting and advisory activities.

Outside Services – Outside services expenses include securities processing expenses, outsourced technology functions, outside legal fees, fund expenses associated with our consolidated alternative asset management funds and other professional fees. Outside services expenses increased 31.6 percent to $9.5 million in the first quarter of 2014, compared with $7.2 million in the corresponding period of 2013. Excluding the portion of expenses from non-controlled equity interests in our consolidated alternative asset management funds, outside services expenses increased 26.5 percent due primarily to increased third party marketing and finders fees associated with the funds in our asset management business, along with higher legal fees.

41

Intangible Asset Amortization Expense – Intangible asset amortization expense includes the amortization of definite-lived intangible assets consisting of customer relationships and non-competition agreements. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, intangible asset amortization expense was $2.3 million, compared with $1.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was attributable to incremental intangible asset amortization expense related to the acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview.

Other Operating Expenses – Other operating expenses include insurance costs, license and registration fees, expenses related to our charitable giving program and litigation-related expenses, which consist of the amounts we reserve and/or pay out related to legal and regulatory matters. Other operating expenses were $3.0 millionin the first quarter of2014, compared with income of $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2013. In the first quarter of 2013 we received insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of prior legal settlements.

Income Taxes– For the three months ended March 31, 2014, our provision for income taxes was $9.8 million equating to an effective tax rate, excluding noncontrolling interests, of 35.6 percent, compared with $5.6 million in the prior-year period equating to an effective tax rate, excluding noncontrolling interests, of 34.4 percent.

Segment Performance from Continuing Operations

We measure financial performance by business segment. Our two reportable segments are Capital Markets and Asset Management. We determined these segments based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and our management organization. Segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin are used to evaluate and measure segment performance by our management team in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance in relation to our competitors. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining segment operating results. Revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon our allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, use of shared resources, headcount or other relevant measures.

Throughout this section, we have presented segment results on both a U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP basis. Management believes that presenting adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin in conjunction with the U.S. GAAP measures provides a more meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results and underlying trends between periods.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin exclude (1) revenues and expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, and (3) compensation from acquisition-related agreements. For U.S. GAAP purposes, these items are included in each of their respective line items on the consolidated statements of operations.

42

Capital Markets

The following table sets forth the Capital Markets adjusted segment financial results from continuing operations and adjustments necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin for the periods presented:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2014											2013
				Adjustments (1)											Adjustments (1)
	Total			Noncontrolling		Other			U.S.			Total			Noncontrolling		Other		U.S.
(Dollars in thousands)	Adjusted			Interests		Adjustments			GAAP			Adjusted			Interests		Adjustments		GAAP
Investment banking
Financing
Equities	$	35,301		$	—	$	—		$	35,301		$	14,303		$	—	$	—	$	14,303
Debt	13,539			—		—			13,539			17,032			—		—		17,032
Advisory services	39,728			—		—			39,728			9,556			—		—		9,556
Total investment banking	88,568			—		—			88,568			40,891			—		—		40,891
Institutional sales and trading
Equities	24,260			—		—			24,260			20,735			—		—		20,735
Fixed income	25,238			—		—			25,238			24,388			—		—		24,388
Total institutional sales and trading	49,498			—		—			49,498			45,123			—		—		45,123
Management and performance fees	1,737			—		—			1,737			1,019			—		—		1,019
Investment income	3,742			6,636		—			10,378			3,327			2,810		—		6,137
Long-term financing expenses	(1,740		)	—		—			(1,740		)	(1,949		)	—		—		(1,949		)
Net revenues	141,805			6,636		—			148,441			88,411			2,810		—		91,221
Operating expenses	117,721			1,498		1,711			120,930			77,549			909		—		78,458
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	24,084		$	5,138	$	(1,711	)	$	27,511		$	10,862		$	1,901	$	—	$	12,763
Segment pre-tax operating margin	17.0		%						18.5		%	12.3		%					14.0		%

(1) The following is a summary of the adjustments needed to reconcile our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin to the adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin:

Noncontrolling interests – The impacts of consolidating noncontrolling interests in our alternative asset management funds and private equity investment vehicles are not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin.

Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the periods presented:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Compensation from acquisition-related agreements	$	968	$	—
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions	743		—
	$	1,711	$	—

Capital Markets adjusted net revenues increased 60.4 percent to $141.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared with $88.4 million in the prior-year period.

43

Investment banking revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through financing and advisory services activities, including derivative activities that relate to debt financing. To assess the profitability of investment banking, we aggregate investment banking fees with the net interest income or expense associated with these activities.

In the first quarter of2014, investment banking revenues increased 116.6 percent to $88.6 million compared with $40.9 million in the corresponding period of the prior year, due to strong equity financing and advisory services revenues as the performance in these businesses continued to demonstrate the strength we saw in the latter part of 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, equity financing revenues were $35.3 million, compared with $14.3 million in the prior-year period, due to more completed transactions and higher revenue per transaction as the conditions for equity capital raising remained strong, particularly in healthcare, our strongest industry sector. During the first quarter of2014, we completed 30 equity financings, raising $5.3 billion for our clients, compared with 17 equity financings, raising $6.2 billion for our clients in the comparable year-ago period. Debt financing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were $13.5 million, down 20.5 percent compared with $17.0 million in the year-ago period, due to fewer completed transactions. During the first quarter of2014, we completed 57 negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $1.6 billion, compared with 112 negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $2.0 billion during the prior-year period. The decrease in the number of completed negotiated public finance issues from the first quarter of 2013 was driven by a significant reduction in refunding activity. Refunding activity has been weak since the sharp rise in interest rates in mid-2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, advisory services revenues increased to $39.7 million, compared with $9.6 million in the first quarter of 2013, due to higher U.S. advisory services revenues from more completed transactions. The favorable equity market conditions, combined with our strategic focus to strengthen our mergers and acquisitions position in the middle market, resulted in increased revenues in the current quarter. We completed 16 transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $1.5 billionin the first quarter of2014, compared with 3 transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $0.5 billionin the first quarter of2013.

Institutional sales and trading revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through trading activities, which consist of facilitating customer trades, executing competitive municipal underwritings and our strategic trading activities in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and equity securities. To assess the profitability of institutional brokerage activities, we aggregate institutional brokerage revenues with the net interest income or expense associated with financing, economically hedging and holding long or short inventory positions. Our results may vary from quarter to quarter as a result of changes in trading margins, trading gains and losses, net interest spreads, trading volumes and the timing of transactions based on market opportunities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, institutional brokerage revenues increased 9.7 percent to $49.5 million, compared with $45.1 million in the prior-year period. Equity institutional brokerage revenues increased 17.0 percent to $24.3 millionin the first quarter of2014, compared with $20.7 million in the corresponding period of 2013, due to higher client trading volumes and gains from our equity strategic trading activity. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, fixed income institutional brokerage revenues were $25.2 million, up slightly compared with $24.4 million in the prior-year period.

Management and performance fees include the fees generated from our municipal bond and merchant banking funds. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, management and performance fees were $1.7 million, compared with $1.0 million in the prior-year period, due to increased management and performance fees from our municipal bond fund.

Adjusted investment income includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on our investment in the merchant banking fund, realized and unrealized gains and losses on our investment in the municipal bond fund that we manage for third-party investors, and other firm investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, adjusted investment income was $3.7 million, compared to $3.3 million in the corresponding period of 2013. The increase resulted from higher investment gains associated with our investment in the municipal bond fund that we manage.

Long-term financing expenses represent interest paid on our variable rate senior notes. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, long-term financing expenses decreased to $1.7 million, compared with $1.9 million in the prior-year period.

Capital Markets adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 increased to 17.0 percent, compared with 12.3 percent for the corresponding period of 2013. The increase in adjusted pre-tax operating margin was driven by the significant increase in equity financing and advisory services revenues.

44

Asset Management

The following table sets forth the Asset Management segment financial results from continuing operations and adjustments necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin for the periods presented:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2014											2013
				Adjustments (1)											Adjustments (1)
	Total			Noncontrolling		Other			U.S.			Total			Noncontrolling		Other			U.S.
(Dollars in thousands)	Adjusted			Interests		Adjustments			GAAP			Adjusted			Interests		Adjustments			GAAP
Management fees
Value equity	$	12,884		$	—	$	—		$	12,884		$	12,416		$	—	$	—		$	12,416
MLP	6,252			—		—			6,252			4,670			—		—			4,670
Total management fees	19,136			—		—			19,136			17,086			—		—			17,086
Performance fees
Value equity	86			—		—			86			152			—		—			152
MLP	—			—		—			—			199			—		—			199
Total performance fees	86			—		—			86			351			—		—			351
Total management and performance fees	19,222			—		—			19,222			17,437			—		—			17,437
Investment income	470			—		—			470			875			—		—			875
Total net revenues	19,692			—		—			19,692			18,312			—		—			18,312
Operating expenses	12,594			—		1,896			14,490			10,925			—		1,982			12,907
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	7,098		$	—	$	(1,896	)	$	5,202		$	7,387		$	—	$	(1,982	)	$	5,405
Segment pre-tax operating margin	36.0		%						26.4		%	40.3		%						29.5		%

(1) Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the periods presented:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Compensation from acquisition-related agreements	$	321	$	321
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions	1,575		1,661
	$	1,896	$	1,982

Management and performance fee revenues comprise the revenues generated through management and investment advisory services performed for separately managed accounts, registered funds and partnerships. Investment performance and client asset inflows and outflows have a direct effect on management and performance fee revenues. Management fees are generally based on the level of assets under management (“AUM”) measured monthly or quarterly, and an increase or reduction in assets under management, due to market price fluctuations or net client asset flows, will result in a corresponding increase or decrease in management fees. Fees vary with the type of assets managed and the vehicle in which they are managed. Performance fees are earned when the investment return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark targets or other performance targets over a specified measurement period. The level of performance fees earned can vary significantly from period to period and these fees may not necessarily be correlated to changes in total assets under management. The majority of performance fees, if earned, are generally recorded in the fourth quarter of the applicable year or upon withdrawal of client assets. At March 31, 2014, approximately two percent of our AUM was eligible to earn performance fees.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, management fees were $19.1 million, an increase of 12.0 percent, compared with $17.1 million in the prior-year period, due primarily to increased management fees from our MLP product offerings. In the first quarter of2014, management fees related to our value equity strategies were $12.9 million, up 3.8 percent compared to the corresponding period of 2013. The impact of increased AUM from market appreciation was offset by net client outflows. The average effective revenue yield (total management fees as a percentage of our average AUM) for our value equity strategies was

45

80 basis points for both the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively. Management fees from our MLP strategies increased 33.9 percentin the first quarter of2014 to $6.3 million, compared with $4.7 millionin the first quarter of2013, due to increased average AUM driven by net client inflows and market appreciation.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, performance fees were $0.1 million, compared to $0.4 million in the prior-year period.

Investment income includes gains and losses from our investments in registered funds and private funds or partnerships that we manage. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, investment income was $0.5 million compared with $0.9 million for the prior-year period.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 36.0 percent, compared to 40.3 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease resulted from higher non-compensation expenses, particularly higher third-party marketing and finders fees, in the first quarter of 2014.

The following table summarizes the changes in our AUM for the periods presented:

							Twelve
	Three Months Ended						Months Ended
	March 31,						March 31,
(Dollars in millions)	2014			2013			2014
Value Equity
Beginning of period	$	6,683		$	5,865		$	6,222
Net outflows	(301		)	(225		)	(832		)
Net market appreciation	49			582			1,041
End of period	$	6,431		$	6,222		$	6,431
MLP
Beginning of period	$	4,549		$	3,186		$	3,929
Net inflows	335			172			661
Net market appreciation	184			571			478
End of period	$	5,068		$	3,929		$	5,068
Total
Beginning of period	$	11,232		$	9,051		$	10,151
Net inflows/(outflows)	34			(53		)	(171		)
Net market appreciation	233			1,153			1,519
End of period	$	11,499		$	10,151		$	11,499

Total AUM was $11.5 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Value equity AUM declined to $6.4 billion at March 31, 2014, compared with $6.7 billion at December 31, 2013 due to net client outflows of $0.3 billion during the quarter. The value equity strategy has not attracted significant net new assets as investors are seeking greater upside potential in growth sectors of the equity markets. MLP AUM increased $0.5 billion to $5.1 billionin the first quarter of2014 as we experienced both net market appreciation and net client inflows during the first quarter of 2014.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations included the operating results of our Hong Kong capital markets business, which ceased operations in 2012, and FAMCO, an asset management subsidiary we sold in the second quarter of 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $0.5 million. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 3 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements, and are incorporated herein by reference.

46

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting and reporting policies comply with GAAP and conform to practices within the securities industry. The preparation of financial statements in compliance with GAAP and industry practices requires us to make estimates and assumptions that could materially affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies that we believe to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require us to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by us to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical, including whether the estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information (e.g. third-party or independent sources), the sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be used under GAAP.

For a full description of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following are our critical accounting policies.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, and certain of our investments recorded in investments on our consolidated statements of financial condition consist of financial instruments recorded at fair value, either as required by accounting guidance or through the fair value election. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants. Based on the nature of our business and our role as a “dealer” in the securities industry or our role as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of our financial instruments are determined internally. Our processes are designed to ensure that the fair values  used for  financial  reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are developed based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations, and other security-specific information. Valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit risk are also considered. In estimating fair value, we may use information provided by third-party pricing vendors to corroborate internally-developed fair value estimates.

A substantial percentage of the fair value of our financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, are based on observable market prices, observable market parameters, or derived from broker or dealer prices. The availability of observable market prices and pricing parameters can vary from product to product. Where available, observable market prices and pricing or market parameters in a product may be used to derive a price without requiring significant judgment. In certain markets, observable market prices or market parameters are not available for all products, and fair value is determined using techniques appropriate for each particular product. These techniques may involve some degree of judgment. Results from valuation models and other valuation techniques in one period may not be indicative of the future period fair value measurement.

For investments in illiquid or privately held securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, the determination of fair value requires us to estimate the value of the securities using the best information available. Among the factors considered by us in determining the fair value of such financial instruments are the cost, terms and liquidity of the investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the quoted market price of publicly traded securities with similar quality and yield, and other factors generally pertinent to the valuation of investments. In instances where a security is subject to transfer restrictions, the value of the security is based primarily on the quoted price of a similar security without restriction but may be reduced by an amount estimated to reflect such restrictions. In addition, even where we derive the value of a security based on information from an independent source, certain assumptions may be required to determine the security’s fair value. For example, we assume that the size of positions that we hold would not be large enough to affect the quoted price of the securities if we sell them, and that any such sale would happen in an orderly manner. The actual value realized upon disposition could be different from the current estimated fair value.

Depending upon the product and terms of the transaction, the fair value of our derivative contracts can be observed or priced using models based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows. Our models generally incorporate inputs that we believe are representative of inputs other market participants would use to determine fair value of the same instruments, including contractual terms, yield curves, discount rates and measures of volatility. The valuation models and underlying assumptions are monitored

47

over the life of the derivative product. If there are any changes necessary in the underlying inputs, the model is updated for those new inputs.

Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement," establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The objective of a fair value measurement is to determine the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level I measurements) and the lowest priority to inputs with little or no pricing observability (Level III measurements). Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. See Note 7 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

We employ specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of our financial instruments. Our processes are designed to ensure that the internally estimated fair values are accurately recorded and that the data inputs and the valuation techniques used are appropriate, consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value. Individuals outside of the trading departments perform independent pricing verification reviews as of each reporting date. We have established parameters which set forth when securities are independently verified. The selection parameters are generally based upon the type of security, the level of estimation risk of a security, the materiality of the security to our financial statements, changes in fair value from period to period, and other specific facts and circumstances of our security portfolio. In evaluating the initial internally-estimated fair values made by our traders, the nature and complexity of securities involved (e.g. term, coupon, collateral, and other key drivers of value), level of market activity for securities, and availability of market data are considered. The independent price verification procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available), corroboration to the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components, or comparison to an alternative pricing source, such as a discounted cash flow model. We have a valuation committee, comprised of members of senior management and risk management, that provides oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired requires certain management estimates. At March 31, 2014, we had goodwill of $210.6 million. The goodwill balance consists of $13.8 million recorded in 2013 as a result of our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview within our capital markets segment and the remaining $196.8 million relates to our asset management segment. At March 31, 2014, we had intangible assets of $37.6 million, of which $4.6 million relates to our capital markets segment and $33.0 million relates to our asset management segment.

Under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other," ("ASC 350") we are required to perform impairment tests of our goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets annually and on an interim basis when circumstances exist that could indicate possible impairment. We have elected to test for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after making an assessment, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the two-step impairment test, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of our reporting units based on the following factors: a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts, our market capitalization, public market comparables and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses, if available. The estimated fair values of our reporting units are compared with their carrying values, which includes the allocated goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying values, a second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.

The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and the subsequent impairment analysis requires management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired assets or businesses will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis. Our estimated cash flows typically extend for five years and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended time period. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces and changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology, discount rates and market conditions. To assess the reasonableness of cash flow estimates and validate assumptions used in our estimates, we review historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets. In assessing the fair value of our reporting units, the volatile nature of the

48

securities markets and our industry requires us to consider the business and market cycle and assess the stage of the cycle in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. In addition to discounted cash flows, we consider public company comparables and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses in our subsequent impairment analysis. Valuation multiples may be based on revenues, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), price-to-earnings or cash flows of comparable public companies and business segments. These multiples may be adjusted to consider competitive differences including size, operating leverage and other factors.

We completed our 2013 goodwill impairment testing as of October 31, 2013, and concluded there was no goodwill impairment. We also tested the intangible assets (indefinite and definite-lived) and concluded there was no impairment.

Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

As part of our compensation to employees and directors, we use stock-based compensation, consisting of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. We account for equity awards in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation – Stock Compensation," ("ASC 718"), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value. Compensation expense related to share-based awards which require future service are amortized over the service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. Share-based awards that do not require future service are recognized in the year in which the awards are deemed to be earned.

Deferred Compensation Plans

In 2013, we adopted a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan which allows certain highly compensated employees, at their election, to defer a percentage of their base salary, commissions and/or cash bonuses. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust.

In 2012, we established a deferred compensation plan which allows eligible employees to elect to receive a portion of the incentive compensation they would otherwise receive in the form of restricted stock, instead in restricted mutual fund shares (“MFRS Awards”) of registered funds managed by our asset management business. We have also granted MFRS Awards to new employees as a recruiting tool.

See Note 19 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our stock-based and deferred compensation plans.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, which includes all of our qualifying subsidiaries. We also are subject to income tax in various states and municipalities and those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Amounts provided for income taxes are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for tax loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in reporting certain items, principally, amortization of share-based compensation. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that any portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We believe that our future taxable profits will be sufficient to recognize our U.S. and U.K. deferred tax assets. However, if our projections of future taxable profits do not materialize, we may conclude that a valuation allowance is necessary, which would impact our results of operations in that period.

We record deferred tax benefits for future tax deductions expected upon the vesting of share-based compensation. If deductions reported on our tax return for share-based compensation (i.e., the value of the share-based compensation at the time of vesting) exceed the cumulative cost of those instruments recognized for financial reporting (i.e., the grant date fair value of the compensation computed in accordance with ASC 718), we record the excess tax benefit as additional paid-in capital. Conversely, if deductions reported on our tax return for share-based compensation are less than the cumulative cost of those instruments recognized for

49

financial reporting, we offset the deficiency first to any previously recognized excess tax benefits recorded as additional paid-in capital and any remaining deficiency is recorded as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2014, we did not have any available excess tax benefits within additional paid-in capital. In the first quarter of 2014, approximately 102,000 options expired and 600,000 shares vested resulting in $0.1 million of income tax expense.

We establish reserves for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, "Income Taxes," when it is not more likely than not that a certain position or component of a position will be ultimately upheld by the relevant taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions. Our tax provision and related accruals include the impact of estimates for uncertain tax positions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate. To the extent the probable tax outcome of these matters changes, such change in estimate will impact the income tax provision in the period of change and, in turn, our results of operations.

Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources

Liquidity is of critical importance to us given the nature of our business. Insufficient liquidity resulting from adverse circumstances contributes to, and may be the cause of, financial institution failure. Accordingly, we regularly monitor our liquidity position, including our cash and net capital positions, and we have implemented a liquidity strategy designed to enable our business to continue to operate even under adverse circumstances, although there can be no assurance that our strategy will be successful under all circumstances.

The majority of our tangible assets consist of assets readily convertible into cash. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned are stated at fair value and are generally readily marketable in most market conditions. Receivables and payables with brokers, dealers and clearing organizations usually settle within a few days. As part of our liquidity strategy, we emphasize diversification of funding sources to the extent possible while considering tenor and cost. Our assets are financed by our cash flows from operations, equity capital, and our funding arrangements. The fluctuations in cash flows from financing activities are directly related to daily operating activities from our various businesses. One of our most important risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet reflect our overall risk tolerance, our ability to access stable funding sources and the amount of equity capital we hold.

Certain market conditions can impact the liquidity of our inventory positions, requiring us to hold larger inventory positions for longer than expected or requiring us to take other actions that may adversely impact our results.

A significant component of our employees’ compensation is paid in annual discretionary incentive compensation. The timing of these incentive compensation payments, which generally are made in February, has a significant impact on our cash position and liquidity.

We currently do not pay cash dividends on our common stock.

In the third quarter of 2012, our board of directors approved a new share repurchase authorization of up to $100 million in common shares through September 30, 2014. During the first quarter of2014, we did not repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this authorization. At March 31, 2014, we had $39.5 million remaining under this authorization. We also purchase shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting as recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. During the first quarter of2014, we purchased 182,615 shares or $7.3 million of our common shares for this purpose.

50

Leverage

The following table presents total assets, adjusted assets, total shareholders’ equity and tangible shareholders’ equity with the resulting leverage ratios as of:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Total assets	$	2,317,252		$	2,318,157
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets	(248,246		)	(250,564		)
Deduct: Assets from noncontrolling interests	(319,725		)	(317,558		)
Adjusted assets	$	1,749,281		$	1,750,035
Total shareholders' equity	$	917,079		$	882,072
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets	(248,246		)	(250,564		)
Deduct: Noncontrolling interests	(149,625		)	(147,396		)
Tangible common shareholders' equity	$	519,208		$	484,112
Leverage ratio (1)	2.5			2.6
Adjusted leverage ratio (2)	3.4			3.6

(1) Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity.

(2) Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by tangible common shareholders’ equity.

Adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders’ equity are non-GAAP financial measures. A non-GAAP financial measure is a numeric measure of financial performance that includes adjustments to the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, or for which there is no specific GAAP measure. Goodwill and intangible assets are subtracted from total assets and total shareholders’ equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, as we believe that goodwill and intangible assets do not constitute operating assets which can be deployed in a liquid manner. Amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests are subtracted from total assets and total shareholders' equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common shareholder's equity, respectively, as they represent assets and equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. We view the resulting measure of adjusted leverage, also a non-GAAP financial measure, as a more relevant measure of financial risk when comparing financial services companies.

Funding and Capital Resources

The primary goal of our funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market conditions. Given the mix of our business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of short-term and long-term financing. We attempt to ensure that the tenor of our borrowing liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of our ability to obtain funding from external sources. Access to these external sources, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including market conditions, the general availability of credit and credit ratings. We currently do not have a credit rating, which could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position by increasing our financing costs and limiting access to sources of liquidity that require a credit rating as a condition to providing the funds.

Short-term financing

Our day-to-day funding and liquidity is obtained primarily through the use of commercial paper issuance, repurchase agreements, prime broker agreements, and bank lines of credit, and is typically collateralized by our securities inventory. These funding sources are critical to our ability to finance and hold inventory, which is a necessary part of our institutional brokerage and municipal bond funds businesses. The majority of our inventory is liquid and is therefore funded by overnight or short-term facilities. Certain of these short-term facilities (i.e., committed line and commercial paper) have been established to mitigate changes in the liquidity of our inventory based on changing market conditions. In the case of our committed line, it is available to us regardless of changes in market liquidity conditions through the end of its term, although there may be limitations on the type of securities available to pledge. Our commercial paper program helps mitigate changes in market liquidity conditions given it is not an overnight facility, but provides funding with a term of 27 to 270 days. Our funding sources are also dependent on the types of inventory that our counterparties are willing to accept as collateral and the number of counterparties available. From time to time, the number of

51

counterparties that will enter into municipal repurchase agreements can be limited based on market conditions. Currently, the majority of our bank lines, our commercial paper programs and our prime broker arrangement will accept municipal inventory as collateral, which helps mitigate this municipal repurchase agreement counterparty risk. We also have established arrangements to obtain financing by another broker dealer at the end of each business day related specifically to our convertible inventory. Funding is generally obtained at rates based upon the federal funds rate and/or the London Interbank Offer Rate.

Commercial Paper Program – Our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary, Piper Jaffray & Co., issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. This commercial paper is issued under three separate programs, CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A, and is secured by different inventory classes, which is reflected in the interest rate paid on the respective program. The programs can issue with maturities of 27 to 270 days. The following table provides information about our commercial paper programs at March 31, 2014:

(Dollars in millions)	CP Series A		CP Series II A		CP Series III A
Maximum amount that may be issued	$	300.0	$	150.0	$	100.0
Amount outstanding	141.0		61.2		72.6
Weighted average maturity, in days	151		97		33

Prime Broker Arrangement – We have established an arrangement to obtain overnight financing by a single prime broker related to our alternative asset management funds in municipal securities. Financing under this arrangement is secured by certain securities, primarily municipal securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. More specifically, this funding is at the discretion of the prime broker and could be denied subject to a notice period. At March 31, 2014, we had $161.1 million of financing outstanding under this prime broker arrangement.

Committed Lines – Our committed line is a one-year $250 million revolving secured credit facility. We use this credit facility in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of our daily operations, and the amount borrowed under the facility varies daily based on our funding needs. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires Piper Jaffray & Co., our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary, to maintain a minimum net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under the facility will be due on December 27, 2014. This credit facility has been in place since 2008 and we renewed the facility for another one-year term in the fourth quarter of 2013. At March 31, 2014, we had no advances against this line of credit.

Uncommitted Lines – We use uncommitted lines in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of our daily operations, and the amount borrowed under our uncommitted lines varies daily based on our funding needs. Our uncommitted secured lines total $185 million with two banks and are dependent on having appropriate collateral, as determined by the bank agreement, to secure an advance under the line. Collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under these secured lines. We also have an uncommitted unsecured facility with one of these banks. All of these uncommitted lines are discretionary and are not a commitment by the bank to provide an advance under the line. More specifically, these lines are subject to approval by the respective bank each time an advance is requested and advances may be denied, which may be particularly true during times of market stress or market perceptions of our exposures. We manage our relationships with the banks that provide these uncommitted facilities in order to have appropriate levels of funding for our business. At March 31, 2014, we had no advances against these lines of credit.

The following tables present the average balances outstanding for our various short-term funding sources by quarter for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Average Balance for the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)	Mar. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Sept. 30, 2013		June 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013
Funding source:
Repurchase agreements	$	38.3	$	17.2	$	11.2	$	130.3	$	66.2
Commercial paper	280.5		313.6		351.6		334.0		308.9
Prime broker arrangement	216.1		238.7		145.6		93.5		105.2
Short-term bank loans	28.9		1.3		1.8		11.8		5.1
Total	$	563.8	$	570.8	$	510.2	$	569.6	$	485.4

The average funding in the first quarter of 2014 decreased to $563.8 million, compared with $570.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2013, due to a decrease in inventory.

52

The following tables present the maximum daily funding amount by quarter for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	For the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)	Mar. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Sept. 30, 2013		June 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013
Maximum amount of daily funding	$	897.2	$	735.2	$	799.0	$	779.3	$	677.1

Variable rate senior notes

On November 30, 2012, we entered into a note purchase agreement (“Note Purchase Agreement”) under which we issued unsecured variable rate senior notes (“Notes”) in the amount of $125 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”). The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $75 million, respectively. The unpaid principal amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes will be due on May 31, 2014 and November 30, 2015, respectively. The proceeds from the Notes were used to repay the outstanding balance under the three-year bank syndicated credit agreement in 2012. The remaining proceeds are used for general corporate purposes. We currently expect to refinance our Class A Notes prior to maturity.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal when due or failure to pay interest within five business days of when due, any representation or warranty in the Note Purchase Agreement proving untrue in any material respect when made by us, failure to comply with the covenants in the Note Purchase Agreement, failure to pay or another event of default under other material indebtedness in an amount exceeding $10 million, bankruptcy or insolvency or a change in control. If there is any event of default, the noteholders may exercise customary remedies, including declaring the entire principal and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain a minimum consolidated tangible net worth and minimum regulatory net capital, limit our leverage ratio and require maintenance of a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. With respect to the net capital covenant, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is required to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. At March 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations have not materially changed from those reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, except for our operating lease obligations. On March 20, 2014, we entered into a new lease agreement for our San Francisco office. Our contractual rental obligation for the full 10.3 year lease term is $12.1 million.

Capital Requirements

As a registered broker dealer and member firm of FINRA, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. We have elected to use the alternative method permitted by the uniform net capital rule, which requires that we maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as this is defined in the rule. FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated liabilities, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals are subject to certain notification and other provisions of the uniform net capital rules. We expect that these provisions will not impact our ability to meet current and future obligations. We also are subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital from our broker dealer subsidiary. At March 31, 2014, our net capital under the SEC’s uniform net capital rule was $185.2 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $184.2 million.

Although we operate with a level of net capital substantially greater than the minimum thresholds established by FINRA and the SEC, a substantial reduction of our capital would curtail many of our Capital Markets revenue producing activities.

At March 31, 2014 Piper Jaffray Ltd., our broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, was subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority pursuant to the Financial Services Act of 2012.

53

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business we enter into various types of off-balance sheet arrangements. The following table summarizes our off-balance sheet arrangements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

	Expiration Per Period at March 31, 2014												Total Contractual Amount
	Remainder						2017		2019				March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	of 2014		2015		2016		- 2018		- 2020		Later		2014		2013
Customer matched-book derivative contracts (1) (2)	$	30,000	$	68,688	$	64,953	$	40,950	$	122,084	$	4,960,908	$	5,287,583	$	5,310,929
Trading securities derivative contracts (2)	255,500		—		—		—		—		—		255,500		198,500
Credit default swap index contracts (2)	—		96,000		—		255,000		—		28,215		379,215		299,333
Equity derivative contracts (2)	15,249		1,467		436		—		—		—		17,152		17,090
Private equity investment commitments (3)	—		—		—		—		—		—		42,872		47,576

(1) Consists of interest rate swaps. We have minimal market risk related to these matched-book derivative contracts; however, we do have counterparty risk with two major financial institutions, which is mitigated by collateral deposits. In addition, we have a limited number of counterparties (contractual amount of $200.2 million at March 31, 2014) who are not required to post collateral. The uncollateralized amounts, representing the fair value of the derivative contracts, expose us to the credit risk of these counterparties. At March 31, 2014, we had $23.0 million of credit exposure with these counterparties, including $11.4 million of credit exposure with one counterparty.

(2) We believe the fair value of these derivative contracts is a more relevant measure of the obligations because we believe the notional or contract amount overstates the expected payout. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the net fair value of these derivative contracts approximated $30.4 million for both periods, respectively.

(3) The investment commitments have no specified call dates; however, the investment period for these funds is through 2018. The timing of capital calls is based on market conditions and investment opportunities.

Derivatives

Derivatives’ notional or contract amounts are not reflected as assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial condition. Rather, the fair value of the derivative transactions are reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition as assets or liabilities in financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, as applicable. For a complete discussion of our activities related to derivative products, see Note 6, "Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased," in the notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Loan Commitments

We may commit to bridge loan financing for our clients or make commitments to underwrite corporate debt. We had no loan commitments outstanding at March 31, 2014.

Private Equity and Other Principal Investments

A component of our private equity and principal investments, including investments made as part of our merchant banking activities, are made through investments in various legal entities, typically partnerships or limited liability companies, established for the purpose of investing in securities of private companies or municipal debt obligations. We commit capital or act as the managing partner of these entities. Some of these entities are deemed to be variable interest entities. For a complete discussion of our activities related to these types of entities, see Note 8, "Variable Interest Entities," to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

We have committed capital to certain entities and these commitments generally have no specified call dates. We had $42.9 million of commitments outstanding at March 31, 2014, of which $31.6 million related to a commitment to an affiliated merchant banking fund.

54

Risk Management

Risk is an inherent part of our business. Market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, and legal, regulatory and compliance risk are the principal risks we face in operating our business. The extent to which we properly identify and effectively manage each of these risks is critical to our financial condition and profitability. We have a formal risk management process to identify, assess and monitor each risk in accordance with defined policies and procedures. The risk management functions are independent of our business lines. Our management takes an active role in the risk management process, and the results are reported to senior management and the audit committee of the Board of Directors.

With respect to market risk and credit risk, the cornerstone of our risk management process is daily communication among traders, trading department management and senior management concerning our inventory positions, including those associated with our strategic trading activities, and overall risk profile. Our risk management functions supplement this communication process by providing their independent perspectives on our market and credit risk profile on a daily basis. The broader objectives of our risk management functions are to understand the risk profile of each trading area, to consolidate risk monitoring company-wide, to assist in implementing effective hedging strategies, to articulate large trading or position risks to senior management, and to ensure accurate fair values of our financial instruments.

Risk management techniques, processes and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, and any risk management failures could expose us to material unanticipated losses.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

The audit committee of the Board of Directors oversees risk management policies that have been developed by management to monitor and control our primary risk exposures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer meet with the audit committee on a quarterly basis to discuss our market, credit and liquidity risks and other risk-related topics.

We use internal committees to assist in governing risk and ensure that our business activities are properly assessed, monitored and managed. Our financial risk committee oversees risk management practices, including defining acceptable risk tolerances and approving risk management policies. Membership is comprised of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Treasurer, Head of Market and Credit Risk, Head of Public Finance, Head of Fixed Income Services and Head of Equities. We also have committees which manage risks related to our asset management funds and principal investments. Membership is comprised of various levels of senior management. Other committees that help evaluate and monitor risk include underwriting, leadership team and operating committees. These committees help manage risk by ensuring that business activities are properly managed and within a defined scope of activity. Our valuation committee, comprised of members of senior management and risk management, provide oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements. Additionally, our operational risk committees address and monitor risk related to information systems and security, regulatory and legal matters, and third parties such as vendors and service providers.

Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of financial volatility that may result from the change in value of a financial instrument due to fluctuations in its market price. Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as a financial intermediary for our clients, to our market-making activities and our strategic trading activities. Market risks are inherent to both cash and derivative financial instruments. The scope of our market risk management policies and procedures includes all market-sensitive financial instruments.

Our different types of market risk include:

Interest Rate Risk — Interest rate risk represents the potential volatility from changes in market interest rates. We are exposed to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, changes in credit spreads, and the rate of prepayments on our interest-earning assets (including client margin balances, investments, inventories, and resale agreements) and our funding sources (including client cash balances, short-term financing, variable rate senior notes and repurchase agreements), which finance these assets. Interest rate risk is managed by selling short U.S. government securities, agency securities, corporate debt securities and derivative contracts. See Note 6 of our accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our derivative contracts. Our interest rate hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating interest rate risk.

55

Equity Price Risk — Equity price risk represents the potential loss in value due to adverse changes in the level or volatility of equity prices. We are exposed to equity price risk through our trading activities in the U.S. market, including our strategic trading activities in equity securities, which we initiated in 2013. We attempt to reduce the risk of loss inherent in our market-making and in our inventory of equity securities by establishing limits on the notional level of our inventory and by managing net position levels within those limits.

Foreign Exchange Risk — Foreign exchange risk arises from the possibility that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will impact the value of financial instruments. A modest portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. When necessary, we enter into transactions to hedge our exposure to foreign exchange risk through the use of derivative instruments or otherwise.

Value-at-Risk ("VaR")

We use the statistical technique known as VaR to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures in our trading portfolios. VaR is the potential loss in value of our trading positions, excluding non-controlling interests, due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. We perform a daily VaR analysis on substantially all of our trading positions, including fixed income, equities, convertible bonds, asset-backed securities and all associated economic hedges. These positions encompass both customer-related and strategic trading activities, which focus on proprietary investments in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and equity securities. A VaR model provides a common metric for assessing market risk across business lines and products. Changes in VaR between reporting periods are generally due to changes in levels of risk exposure, volatilities and/or correlations among asset classes and individual securities.

We use a Monte Carlo simulation methodology for VaR calculations. We believe this methodology provides VaR results that properly reflect the risk profile of all our instruments, including those that contain optionality, and also accurately models correlation movements among all of our asset classes. In addition, it provides improved tail results as there are no assumptions of distribution, and can provide additional insight for scenario shock analysis.

Model-based VaR derived from simulation has inherent limitations including: reliance on historical data to predict future market risk; VaR calculated using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or offset with hedges within one day; and published VaR results reflect past trading positions while future risk depends on future positions.

The modeling of the market risk characteristics of our trading positions involves a number of assumptions and approximations. While we believe that these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, different assumptions and approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates. When comparing our VaR numbers to those of other firms, it is important to remember that different methodologies, assumptions and approximations could produce significantly different results.

The following table quantifies the model-based VaR simulated for each component of market risk for the periods presented, which are computed using the past 250 days of historical data. When calculating VaR we use a 95 percent confidence level and a one-day time horizon. This means that, over time, there is a one in 20 chance that daily trading net revenues will fall below the expected daily trading net revenues by an amount at least as large as the reported VaR. Shortfalls on a single day can exceed reported VaR by significant amounts. Shortfalls can also accumulate over a longer time horizon, such as a number of consecutive trading days. Therefore, there can be no assurance that actual losses occurring on any given day arising from changes in market conditions will not exceed the VaR amounts shown below or that such losses will not occur more than once in a 20-day trading period.

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Interest Rate Risk	$	1,044		$	1,793
Equity Price Risk	302			788
Diversification Effect (1)	(309		)	(765		)
Total Value-at-Risk	$	1,037		$	1,816

(1) Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the two risk categories. This effect arises because the two market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

56

We view average VaR over a period of time as more representative of trends in the business than VaR at any single point in time. The table below illustrates the daily high, low and average value-at-risk calculated for each component of market risk during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

(Dollars in thousands)	High		Low		Average
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
Interest Rate Risk	$	1,344	$	597	$	946
Equity Price Risk	920		153		411
Diversification Effect (1)					(371		)
Total Value-at-Risk	$	1,342	$	740	$	986

(Dollars in thousands)	High		Low		Average
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Interest Rate Risk	$	2,840	$	578	$	1,756
Equity Price Risk	2,434		64		1,056
Diversification Effect (1)					(944		)
Total Value-at-Risk	$	2,792	$	865	$	1,868

(1) Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the two risk categories. This effect arises because the two market risk categories are not perfectly correlated. Because high and low VaR numbers for these risk categories may have occurred on different days, high and low numbers for diversification benefit would not be meaningful.

Trading losses did not exceed our one-day VaR on any occasion during the first quarter of2014.

The aggregate VaR as of March 31, 2014 was lower than the reported VaR on December 31, 2013. The decrease in VaR is due to lower volatility during the measurement period and increased hedging of our fixed income inventories.

In addition to VaR, we also employ additional measures to monitor and manage market risk exposure including net market position, duration exposure, option sensitivities, and inventory turnover. All metrics are aggregated by asset concentration and are used for monitoring limits and exception approvals. In times of market volatility, we also perform ad hoc stress tests and scenario analysis as market conditions dictate. Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given confidence level, stress scenarios do not have an associated implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the potential loss from market moves outside our VaR confidence levels.

Liquidity Risk

We are exposed to liquidity risk in our day-to-day funding activities, by holding potentially illiquid inventory positions and in our role as a remarketing agent for variable rate demand notes.

See the section entitled "Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources" in Item 2, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in this Form 10-Q for information regarding our liquidity and how we manage liquidity risk.

Our inventory positions, including those associated with strategic trading activities, subject us to potential financial losses from the reduction in value of illiquid positions. Market risk can be exacerbated in times of trading illiquidity when market participants refrain from transacting in normal quantities and/or at normal bid-offer spreads. Depending on the specific security, the structure of the financial product, and/or overall market conditions, we may be forced to hold a security for substantially longer than we had planned.

We currently act as the remarketing agent for approximately $3.8 billion of variable rate demand notes, the majority of which have a financial institution providing a liquidity guarantee. At certain times, demand from buyers of variable rate demand notes is less than the supply generated by sellers of these instruments. In times of supply and demand imbalance, we may (but are not obligated to) facilitate liquidity by purchasing variable rate demand notes from sellers for our own account. Our liquidity risk related to variable rate demand notes is ultimately mitigated by our ability to tender these securities back to the financial institution providing the liquidity guarantee.

57

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty, customer, borrower or issuer of securities we hold in our trading inventory. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the type of transaction, the structure and duration of that transaction and the parties involved.

Credit spread risk arises from the possibility that changes in credit spreads will affect the value of financial instruments. Credit spreads represent the credit risk premiums required by market participants for a given credit quality (e.g. the additional yield that a debt instrument issued by a AA-rated entity must produce over a risk-free alternative). Changes in credit spreads result from potential changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of the issuer’s credit worthiness. We are exposed to credit spread risk with the debt instruments held in our trading inventory, including those held for strategic trading activites. We enter into transactions to hedge our exposure to credit spread risk through the use of derivatives and certain other financial instruments. These hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating credit spread risk.

We are exposed to credit risk in our role as a trading counterparty to dealers and customers, as a holder of securities and as a member of exchanges and clearing organizations. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparty and/or issuer of the security. We mitigate this risk by establishing and monitoring individual and aggregate position limits for each counterparty relative to potential levels of activity, holding and marking to market collateral on certain transactions and conducting business through clearing organizations, which guarantee performance. Our risk management functions also evaluate the potential risk associated with institutional counterparties with whom we hold repurchase and resale agreement facilities, stock borrow or loan facilities, derivatives, TBAs and other documented institutional counterparty agreements that may give rise to credit exposure.

Our client activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various transactions. Client activities are transacted on a delivery versus payment, cash or margin basis. Our credit exposure to institutional client business is mitigated by the use of industry-standard delivery versus payment through depositories and clearing banks. Credit exposure associated with our customer margin accounts in the U.S. is monitored daily. Our risk management functions have credit risk policies establishing appropriate credit limits and collateralization thresholds for our customers utilizing margin lending.

Merchant banking debt investments that have been funded are recorded in investments at amortized cost on the consolidated statements of financial condition. At March 31, 2014, we had one funded merchant banking debt investment totaling $11.6 million. Merchant banking investments are monitored regularly by a risk committee.

We are subject to concentration risk if we hold large individual securities positions, execute large transactions with individual counterparties or groups of related counterparties, extend large loans to individual borrowers or make substantial underwriting commitments. Concentration risk can occur by industry, geographic area or type of client. Securities purchased under agreements to resell consist primarily of securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. The counterparties to these agreements typically are primary dealers of U.S. government securities and major financial institutions. Inventory and investment positions taken and commitments made, including underwritings, may result in exposure to individual issuers and businesses. Potential concentration risk is carefully monitored through review of counterparties and borrowers and is managed through the use of policies and limits established by senior management.

We have concentrated counterparty credit exposure with six non-publicly rated entities totaling $23.0 million at March 31, 2014. This counterparty credit exposure is part of our matched-book derivative program related to our public finance business, consisting primarily of interest rate swaps. One derivative counterparty represents 49.5 percent, or $11.4 million, of this exposure. Credit exposure associated with our derivative counterparties is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts and is monitored regularly by our financial risk committee. We attempt to minimize the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by senior management.

58

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss, or damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events. We rely on the ability of our employees and our systems, both internal and at computer centers operated by third parties, to process a large number of transactions. Our systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our systems or improper action by our employees or third-party vendors, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions and manage our exposure to risk.

Our operations rely on secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our internal and outsourced computer systems and networks. Our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, and other events that could have an information security impact. The occurrence of one or more of these events could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant.

In order to mitigate and control operational risk, we have developed and continue to enhance policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. We also have business continuity plans in place that we believe will cover critical processes on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into our systems as we have deemed appropriate. These control mechanisms attempt to ensure that operations policies and procedures are being followed and that our various businesses are operating within established corporate policies and limits.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and loss to our reputation we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have established procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, such as regulatory net capital requirements, sales and trading practices, potential conflicts of interest, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, anti-money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. We have also established procedures that are designed to require that our policies relating to ethics and business conduct are followed. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business challenge for us.

Effects of Inflation

Because our assets are generally liquid in nature, they are not significantly affected by inflation. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as employee compensation, office space leasing costs and communications charges, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services we offer to our clients. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

ITEM 3.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The information under the caption "Risk Management" in Item 2, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,' in this Form 10-Q is incorporated herein by reference.

59

ITEM 4.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and (b) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

During the first quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, there was no change in our system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The discussion of our business and operations should be read together with the legal proceedings contained in Part I, Item 3 "Legal Proceedings" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS.

The discussion of our business and operations should be read together with the risk factors contained in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. These risk factors describe various risks and uncertainties to which we are or may become subject. These risks and uncertainties have the potential to affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, strategies or prospects in a material and adverse manner.

ITEM 2.    UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Companies or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of our common stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

				Total Number of Shares	Approximate Dollar
				Purchased as Part of	Value of Shares Yet to be
	Total Number of	Average Price		Publicly Announced	Purchased Under the
Period	Shares Purchased	Paid per Share		Plans or Programs	Plans or Programs (1)
Month #1
(January 1, 2014 to January 31, 2014)	—	$	—	—	$	39	million
Month #2
(February 1, 2014 to February 28, 2014)	171,755	$	40.12	—	$	39	million
Month #3
(March 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014)	10,860	$	41.90	—	$	39	million
Total	182,615	$	40.23	—	$	39	million

(1) On August 24, 2012, we announced that our board of directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of common stock through September 30, 2014. This share repurchase authorization became effective on October 1, 2012.

In addition, a third-party trustee makes open-market purchases of our common stock from time to time pursuant to the Piper Jaffray Companies Retirement Plan, under which participating employees may allocate assets to a company stock fund.

60

ITEM 6.    EXHIBITS.

Exhibit		Method
Number	Description	of Filing
10.1	Form of director indemnification agreement. †	(1)
10.2	Consulting agreement, dated March 9, 2014, by and between Advisory Research, Inc. and Brien M. O'Brien. †	(2)
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.	Filed herewith
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.	Filed herewith
32.1	Section 1350 Certifications.	Filed herewith
101	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 Registration S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and (v) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.	Filed herewith

_______________________

† Denotes management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.

(1) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.

(2) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.

61

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on May 1, 2014.

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES
By	/s/ Andrew S. Duff
Its	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By	/s/ Debbra L. Schoneman
Its	Chief Financial Officer

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Andrew S. Duff, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Piper Jaffray Companies;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Andrew S. Duff

Andrew S. Duff

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Debbra L. Schoneman, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Piper Jaffray Companies;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Debbra L. Schoneman

Debbra L. Schoneman

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned certifies that this periodic report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Piper Jaffray Companies.

Dated: May 1, 2014

/s/ Andrew S. Duff

Andrew S. Duff

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Debbra L. Schoneman

Debbra L. Schoneman

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Contingencies and Commitments (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases [Table Text Block]

The Company leases office space throughout the United States and in a limited number of foreign countries where the Company’s international operations reside. Aggregate minimum lease commitments under operating leases as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Remainder of 2014	$	8,422
2015	11,186
2016	11,385
2017	9,680
2018	9,380
Thereafter	34,907
	$	84,960

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Investments at fair value	$ 88,540,000		$ 69,930,000
Gains from fair value changes	300,000	3,200,000
Transfers of financial assets from Level III
Goodwill impairment
Level III
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Investments at fair value	60,954,000		49,240,000
Total assets	170,606,000		171,919,000
Percentage of Level III assets to financial instruments measured at fair value	12.10%		11.20%
Merchant Banking Investments
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Investments at fair value	$ 16,400,000		$ 16,100,000
U.S. government agency securities | Minimum
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Market yields basis points spreads to treasury securities (as a percent)	0.79%
Prepayment expectations based upon PSA prepayment levels	149
U.S. government agency securities | Maximum
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Market yields basis points spreads to treasury securities (as a percent)	2.55%
Prepayment expectations based upon PSA prepayment levels	373

XML

Discontinued Operations (Details Textual) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013 FAMCO	Mar. 31, 2014 FAMCO Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Sale of FAMCO, sale price			$ 4,000,000
Sale of FAMCO, cash proceeds			300,000
Sale of FAMCO, note receivable received			3,700,000
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	(521,000)
Sale of FAMCO, indemnification accrual				$ 500,000

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Information about Significant Unobservable Inputs used in Fair Value Measurement (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014
Minimum
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair Value Inputs, Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization Multiple	9
Maximum
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair Value Inputs, Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization Multiple	12
Weighted Average
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair Value Inputs, Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization Multiple	9.3
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.05%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.51%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.198%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Debt service coverage ratio	5.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Short-term securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected recovery rate (% of par)	77.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Collateralized by Residential mortgages
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Credit default rate	2.00%
Prepayment rates	2.00%
Loss severity	42.00%
Valuation yields	5.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.53%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Equity investment in private company
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Revenue multiple	2
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in public and private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Liquidity discount rates	30.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Minimum | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Stock volatility factors of comparable companies	26.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Debt service coverage ratio	69.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Short-term securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected recovery rate (% of par)	80.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Collateralized by Residential mortgages
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Credit default rate	8.00%
Prepayment rates	22.00%
Loss severity	100.00%
Valuation yields	7.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.66%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Equity investment in private company
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Revenue multiple	7
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in public and private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Liquidity discount rates	40.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Maximum | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Stock volatility factors of comparable companies	93.00%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Debt service coverage ratio	22.20%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Short-term securities
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected recovery rate (% of par)	79.60%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Collateralized by Residential mortgages
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Credit default rate	5.20%
Prepayment rates	5.10%
Loss severity	68.10%
Valuation yields	5.90%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Interest rate derivative contract
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Unamortized premium over the MMD curve	0.63%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Discounted cash flow | Level III | Equity investment in private company
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Revenue multiple	3.3
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in public and private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Liquidity discount rates	34.30%
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Weighted Average | Black-Scholes option pricing model | Level III | Warrants in private companies
Fair Value Inputs Assets and Liabilities Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Stock volatility factors of comparable companies	62.60%

XML

Compensation Plans - Unvested Restricted Stock Units (Details) (Restricted Stock Units, USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014
Restricted Stock Units
Unvested Restricted Stock or Stock Units
Beginning Balance	290,536
Granted	0
Vested	0
Cancelled	0
Ending Balance	290,536
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in dollars per share)
Beginning Balance	$ 15.83
Granted	$ 0.00
Vested	$ 0.00
Cancelled	$ 0.00
Ending Balance	$ 15.83

XML

Acquisitions - Estimated Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Jul. 16, 2013 Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P.
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents			$ 8,014
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned			24,074
Fixed assets			1,247
Goodwill	210,634	210,634	13,790
Intangible assets			6,665
Other assets			8,922
Total assets acquired			62,712
Liabilities
Payables			1,126
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased			22,588
Accrued compensation			1,469
Other liabilities and accrued expenses			4,789
Total liabilities assumed			29,972
Net assets acquired			$ 32,740

XML

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Brokers and Dealers [Abstract]

Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Receivable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	107,228	$	59,657
Deposits paid for securities borrowed	40,888		36,278
Receivable from clearing organizations	9,862		966
Deposits with clearing organizations	56,412		20,995
Securities failed to deliver	2,345		593
Other	13,828		8,624
	$	230,563	$	127,113

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Payable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	94,274	$	5,643
Payable to clearing organizations	788		9,462
Securities failed to receive	5,789		744
Other	10,129		11,873
	$	110,980	$	27,722

XML

Compensation Plans - Stock Options (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Options Outstanding
Beginning Balance	469,289
Granted	0
Exercised	(8,573)
Cancelled	(55)
Expired	(101,589)
Ending Balance	359,072
Options exercisable at period end	359,072
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)
Beginning Balance	$ 44.83
Granted	$ 0.00
Exercised	$ 31.88
Cancelled	$ 39.62
Expired	$ 47.48
Ending Balance	$ 44.39
Options exercisable at period end	$ 44.39
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	2 years 2 months	2 years
Options exercisable at period end	2 years 2 months
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Aggregate Intrinsic Value of Stock Options	$ 1,757,075		$ 288,318
Options exercisable at end of period	$ 1,757,075

XML

Noncontrolling Interest - Rollforward (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Consolidation, Less than Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Parent Ownership Interest, Effects of Changes, Net [Line Items]
Stockholders' Equity Attributable to Parent	$ 734,676
Noncontrolling interest, beginning balance	147,396
Beginning Balance	882,072
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748	10,146
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138	1,901
Net Income (Loss), Including Portion Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest	22,886	12,047
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	17,776
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Stock Options Exercised	273
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	(7,346)
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	4,156	3,939
Shares reserved to meet deferred compensation obligations	120
Other comprehensive income	51
Fund Capital Contributions	(2,909)
Stockholders' Equity Attributable to Parent	767,454
Noncontrolling interest, ending balance	149,625
Ending Balance	917,079
Parent
Consolidation, Less than Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Parent Ownership Interest, Effects of Changes, Net [Line Items]
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	17,776
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Stock Options Exercised	273
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	(7,346)
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	4,156
Shares reserved to meet deferred compensation obligations	120
Other comprehensive income	51
Fund Capital Contributions	0
Noncontrolling Interests
Consolidation, Less than Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Parent Ownership Interest, Effects of Changes, Net [Line Items]
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	0
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Stock Options Exercised	0
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	0
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	0
Shares reserved to meet deferred compensation obligations	0
Other comprehensive income	0
Fund Capital Contributions	$ (2,909)

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Changes in Fair Value Associated with Level III Financial Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 171,919	$ 152,328
Purchases	109,339	129,813
Sales	(114,506)	(142,417)
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)	3,656	15,276
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	198	(1,234)
Ending balance	170,606	153,766
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	6,643	5,218
Purchases	(16,751)	(5,650)
Sales
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/(losses)	16,751	5,637
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	(1,164)	(4,806)
Ending balance	5,479	399
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	6,643	5,218
Purchases	(16,751)	(5,650)
Sales
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/(losses)	16,751	5,637
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	(1,164)	(4,806)
Ending balance	5,479	399
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	122,679	119,083
Purchases	99,339	124,451
Sales	(114,506)	(142,417)
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)	3,656	15,272
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	(1,516)	(4,276)
Ending balance	109,652	112,113
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	100
Purchases	0
Sales	0
Transfers in	0
Transfers out	0
Realized gains/ (losses)	0
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	0
Ending balance	100
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	1,433	1,429
Purchases		1
Sales
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)
Unrealized gains/ (losses)		1
Ending balance	1,433	1,431
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	656	656
Purchases
Sales
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)
Unrealized gains/ (losses)
Ending balance	656	656
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	119,799	116,171
Purchases	96,725	124,450
Sales	(114,506)	(142,404)
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)	6,270	15,272
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	(889)	(5,835)
Ending balance	107,399	107,654
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	691	827
Purchases	2,614
Sales		(13)
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)	(2,614)
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	(627)	1,558
Ending balance	64	2,372
Investments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	49,240	33,245
Purchases	10,000	5,362
Sales
Transfers in
Transfers out
Realized gains/ (losses)		4
Unrealized gains/ (losses)	1,714	3,042
Ending balance	$ 60,954	$ 41,653

XML

Compensation Plans - RSU Valuation Assumptions (Details) (Restricted Stock Units)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014
Grant Year 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk-free Interest Rate	0.40%
Expected Stock Price Volatility	44.00%
Grant Year 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk-free Interest Rate	0.38%
Expected Stock Price Volatility	47.60%

XML

Segment Reporting - Reportable Segment Financial Results (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Investment banking	$ 88,474	$ 40,821
Institutional sales and trading	44,034	40,147
Asset management	20,959	18,456
Investment income	6,768	5,065
Net revenues	168,133	109,533
Goodwill impairment
Operating expenses	135,420	91,365
Segment pre-tax operating income/(loss)	32,713	18,168
Pre-tax operating margin	19.50%	16.60%
Intangible asset amortization expense	2,318	1,661
Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Investment banking	88,568	40,891
Institutional sales and trading	49,498	45,123
Asset management	1,737	1,019
Investment income	10,378	6,137
Interest Expense, Long-term Debt	1,740	1,949
Net revenues	148,441	91,221
Goodwill impairment	0
Segment pre-tax operating income/(loss)	27,511	12,763
Pre-tax operating margin	18.50%	14.00%
Intangible asset amortization expense	743	0
Asset Mgmt [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Management fees	19,136	17,086
Performance fees	86	351
Asset management	19,222	17,437
Investment income	470	875
Net revenues	19,692	18,312
Goodwill impairment
Operating expenses	14,490	12,907
Segment pre-tax operating income/(loss)	5,202	5,405
Pre-tax operating margin	26.40%	29.50%
Intangible asset amortization expense	1,575	1,661
Equities Financing [Member] | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Investment banking	35,301	14,303
Debt Financing [Member] | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Investment banking	13,539	17,032
Advisory Services | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Investment banking	39,728	9,556
Equity securities | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Institutional sales and trading	24,260	20,735
Debt securities | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Institutional sales and trading	25,238	24,388
Operating Expense [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Operating expenses	135,420	91,365
Operating Expense [Member] | Capital Markets
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Operating expenses	$ 120,930	$ 78,458

XML

Compensation Plans - Unvested Restricted Stock (Details) (Restricted Stock, USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014
Restricted Stock
Unvested Restricted Stock or Stock Units
Beginning Balance	1,582,062
Granted	402,074
Vested	(599,611)
Cancelled	0
Ending Balance	1,384,525
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in dollars per share)
Beginning Balance	$ 35.25
Granted	$ 40.12
Vested	$ 37.58
Cancelled	$ 0.00
Ending Balance	$ 35.66

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Repurchase of common stock, authorized amount			$ 100,000,000
Common stock repurchase authorized, remaining amount	39,500,000
Shares of common stock purchased from restricted stock award related to recipients' employment tax obligations	182,615
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	7,346,000
Number of common stock issued for retirement plan obligations	103,598	96,049
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Treasury Stock Reissued	4,156,000	3,939,000
Reissuance of treasury shares as a result of employee vesting	445,114	669,221
Retirement Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Treasury Stock Reissued	$ 4,200,000	$ 3,900,000

XML

Noncontrolling Interests

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Noncontrolling Interest [Abstract]

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling Interests

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund of $122.3 million, a merchant banking fund of $19.3 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $8.0 million as of March 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, noncontrolling interests included the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund of $126.3 million, a merchant banking fund of $14.1 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $7.0 million.

Ownership interests in entities held by parties other than the Company’s common shareholders are presented as noncontrolling interests within shareholders’ equity, separate from the Company’s own equity. Revenues, expenses and net income or loss are reported on the consolidated statements of operations on a consolidated basis, which includes amounts attributable to both the Company’s common shareholders and noncontrolling interests. Net income or loss is then allocated between the Company and noncontrolling interests based upon their relative ownership interests. Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests is deducted from consolidated net income to determine net income applicable to the Company. There was no other comprehensive income or loss attributed to noncontrolling interests for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Common						Total
	Shareholders’			Noncontrolling			Shareholders’
(Dollars in thousands)	Equity			Interests			Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	734,676		$	147,396		$	882,072
Net income	17,748			5,138			22,886
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	17,776			—			17,776
Issuance of treasury shares for options exercised	273			—			273
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	(7,346		)	—			(7,346		)
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	4,156			—			4,156
Shares reserved/issued for director compensation	120			—			120
Other comprehensive income	51			—			51
Fund capital withdrawals, net	—			(2,909		)	(2,909		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	767,454		$	149,625		$	917,079

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased - Total Absolute Notional Contract Amount (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Derivative [Line Items]
Absolute Notional Contract Amount of Derivative Instruments	$ 5,939,450	$ 5,825,852
Customer matched-book | Interest rate derivative contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Absolute Notional Contract Amount of Derivative Instruments	5,287,583	5,310,929
Trading securities | Interest rate derivative contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Absolute Notional Contract Amount of Derivative Instruments	255,500	198,500
Trading securities | Credit default swap index contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Absolute Notional Contract Amount of Derivative Instruments	379,215	299,333
Trading securities | Equity Option Derivative Contract [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Absolute Notional Contract Amount of Derivative Instruments	$ 17,152	$ 17,090

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computation of Earnings per Share

The computation of earnings per share is as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)	2014			2013
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748		$	10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	—			(521		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748			10,146
Earnings allocated to participating securities (1)	(1,659		)	(1,180		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders(2)	$	16,089		$	8,966
Shares for basic and diluted calculations:
Average shares used in basic computation	14,612			15,582
Stock options	45			28
Average shares used in diluted computation	14,657			15,610
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.10		$	0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.10		$	0.57

(1) Represents the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Participating securities include all of the Company’s unvested restricted shares. The weighted average participating shares outstanding were 1,510,839 and 2,055,679 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2) Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders for diluted and basic EPS may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders and participating securities for purposes of calculating diluted and basic EPS.

XML

Compensation Plans - Summary of Outstanding Equity Awards (Details)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted stock outstanding	1,280,029
Total restricted stock outstanding	1,384,525
Stock options outstanding	359,072	469,289
ARI [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total restricted stock outstanding	104,496
Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Leadership grants	290,536
Amended And Restated 2003 Annual And Long -Term Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted stock outstanding	1,250,870
Amended And Restated 2003 Annual And Long -Term Incentive Plan | Annual grants
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted stock outstanding	825,343
Amended And Restated 2003 Annual And Long -Term Incentive Plan | Sign-on grants
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted stock outstanding	425,527
2010 Employment Inducement Award Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted stock outstanding	29,159

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Capital			Asset
(Dollars in thousands)	Markets			Management			Total
Goodwill
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Goodwill acquired	—			—			—
Impairment charge	—			—			—
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Intangible assets
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	5,316		$	34,614		$	39,930
Amortization of intangible assets	(743		)	(1,575		)	(2,318		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,573		$	33,039		$	37,612

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased - Gross Fair Market Value of Derivative Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative assets, gross	$ 387,589
Fair value of derivative liabilities, gross	369,630
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Interest rate derivative contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative assets, gross	379,037
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Credit default swap index contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative assets, gross	8,478
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned | Equity Option Derivative Contract [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative assets, gross	74
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Interest rate derivative contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative liabilities, gross	359,745
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Credit default swap index contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative liabilities, gross	8,611
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Equity Option Derivative Contract [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative liabilities, gross	$ 1,274

XML

Short-Term Financing - Summary of Short Term Financing and Weighted Average Interest Rate on Borrowings (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Oustanding Balance	$ 435,809,000	$ 514,711,000
Commercial paper (secured)
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Oustanding Balance	274,753,000	280,294,000
Weighted Average Interest Rate	1.56%	1.59%
Prime broker arrangement
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Oustanding Balance	$ 161,056,000	$ 234,417,000
Weighted Average Interest Rate	0.82%	0.90%

XML

Collateralized Securities Transactions - Summary of Repurchase Liabilities, Fair Market Value of Related Collateral Pledged and Interest Rate Charged (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014
Assets Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Line Items]
Repurchase Liabilities	$ 52,046
Fair Market Value	58,258
Maturity up to 30 days [Member] | Asset-backed securities
Assets Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Line Items]
Repurchase Liabilities	6,839
Fair Market Value	9,194
Interest Rate	1.65%
On demand maturities | US Treasury and Government [Member]
Assets Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Line Items]
Repurchase Liabilities	45,207
Fair Market Value	$ 49,064
On demand maturities | US Treasury and Government [Member] | Minimum
Assets Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Line Items]
Interest Rate	0.30%
On demand maturities | US Treasury and Government [Member] | Maximum
Assets Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Line Items]
Interest Rate	0.60%

XML

Acquisitions - Unaudited Pro Forma Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013
Business Combinations [Abstract]
Net revenues	$ 113,540
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$ 9,096

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 for a full description of the Company's significant accounting policies.

XML

Collateralized Securities Transactions - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Collateralized Securities Transactions Disclosure [Abstract]
Reverse Repurchase, Offset Value	$ 0	$ 0
Securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and margin agreements on terms that permit to repledge or resell the securities to others	221,300,000	212,400,000
Securities either pledged or otherwise transferred to others in connection with financing activities or to satisfy commitments under financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	212,900,000	194,900,000
Securities loaned	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Reportable Segment Financial Results

Reportable segment financial results from continuing operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Capital Markets
Investment banking
Financing
Equities	$	35,301		$	14,303
Debt	13,539			17,032
Advisory services	39,728			9,556
Total investment banking	88,568			40,891
Institutional sales and trading
Equities	24,260			20,735
Fixed income	25,238			24,388
Total institutional sales and trading	49,498			45,123
Management and performance fees	1,737			1,019
Investment income	10,378			6,137
Long-term financing expenses	(1,740		)	(1,949		)
Net revenues	148,441			91,221
Operating expenses (1)	120,930			78,458
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	27,511		$	12,763
Segment pre-tax operating margin	18.5		%	14.0		%

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Asset Management
Management and performance fees
Management fees	$	19,136		$	17,086
Performance fees	86			351
Total management and performance fees	19,222			17,437
Investment income	470			875
Net revenues	19,692			18,312
Operating expenses (1)	14,490			12,907
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	5,202		$	5,405
Segment pre-tax operating margin	26.4		%	29.5		%
Total
Net revenues	$	168,133		$	109,533
Operating expenses (1)	135,420			91,365
Pre-tax operating income	$	32,713		$	18,168
Pre-tax operating margin	19.5		%	16.6		%

(1) Operating expenses include intangible asset amortization expense as set forth in the table below:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Capital Markets	$	743	$	—
Asset Management	1,575		1,661
Total intangible asset amortization expense	$	2,318	$	1,661

Schedule of Intangible Asset Amortization Expense

Operating expenses include intangible asset amortization expense as set forth in the table below:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Capital Markets	$	743	$	—
Asset Management	1,575		1,661
Total intangible asset amortization expense	$	2,318	$	1,661

Net Revenues by Geographic Locations

Net revenues exclude discontinued operations for all periods presented.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net revenues:
United States	$	165,325	$	105,726
Europe	2,808		3,807
Consolidated	$	168,133	$	109,533

Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Region

Long-lived assets are allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the asset. The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic region:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	285,320	$	296,516
Europe	6,346		6,414
Consolidated	$	291,666	$	302,930

XML

Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

Piper Jaffray is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a member of various SROs and securities exchanges. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) serves as Piper Jaffray’s primary SRO. Piper Jaffray is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. Piper Jaffray has elected to use the alternative method permitted by the SEC rule, which requires that it maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as such term is defined in the SEC rule. Under its rules, FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated debt, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals by Piper Jaffray are subject to certain notification and other provisions of SEC and FINRA rules. In addition, Piper Jaffray is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

At March 31, 2014, net capital calculated under the SEC rule was $185.2 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $184.2 million.

The Company’s short-term committed credit facility of $250 million and its variable rate senior notes include covenants requiring Piper Jaffray to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million.

Piper Jaffray Ltd., a broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, was subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. As of March 31, 2014, Piper Jaffray Ltd. was in compliance with the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority.

XML

Segment Reporting

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

Basis for Presentation

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on segment pre-tax operating income or loss and segment pre-tax operating margin. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, including each segment’s respective net revenues, use of shared resources, headcount or other relevant measures. The financial management of assets is performed on an enterprise-wide basis. As such, assets are not assigned to the business segments.

Segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin exclude the results of discontinued operations.

Reportable segment financial results from continuing operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Capital Markets
Investment banking
Financing
Equities	$	35,301		$	14,303
Debt	13,539			17,032
Advisory services	39,728			9,556
Total investment banking	88,568			40,891
Institutional sales and trading
Equities	24,260			20,735
Fixed income	25,238			24,388
Total institutional sales and trading	49,498			45,123
Management and performance fees	1,737			1,019
Investment income	10,378			6,137
Long-term financing expenses	(1,740		)	(1,949		)
Net revenues	148,441			91,221
Operating expenses (1)	120,930			78,458
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	27,511		$	12,763
Segment pre-tax operating margin	18.5		%	14.0		%

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Asset Management
Management and performance fees
Management fees	$	19,136		$	17,086
Performance fees	86			351
Total management and performance fees	19,222			17,437
Investment income	470			875
Net revenues	19,692			18,312
Operating expenses (1)	14,490			12,907
Segment pre-tax operating income	$	5,202		$	5,405
Segment pre-tax operating margin	26.4		%	29.5		%
Total
Net revenues	$	168,133		$	109,533
Operating expenses (1)	135,420			91,365
Pre-tax operating income	$	32,713		$	18,168
Pre-tax operating margin	19.5		%	16.6		%

(1) Operating expenses include intangible asset amortization expense as set forth in the table below:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Capital Markets	$	743	$	—
Asset Management	1,575		1,661
Total intangible asset amortization expense	$	2,318	$	1,661

Geographic Areas

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European locations. Net revenues and long-lived assets for the Company's Asian location was not significant. Net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view, with financing revenues allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the capital market, advisory revenues allocated based upon the location of the investment banking team and net institutional sales and trading revenues allocated based upon the location of the client. Asset management revenues are allocated to the U.S. based upon the geographic location of the Company’s asset management team. Net revenues exclude discontinued operations for all periods presented.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net revenues:
United States	$	165,325	$	105,726
Europe	2,808		3,807
Consolidated	$	168,133	$	109,533

Long-lived assets are allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the asset. The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic region:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	285,320	$	296,516
Europe	6,346		6,414
Consolidated	$	291,666	$	302,930

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Valuation of Financial Instruments by Pricing Observability Levels (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	$ 1,325,388	$ 1,364,028
Investments at fair value	88,540	69,930
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693	512,833
Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	46,669	54,097
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	85,767	69,205
Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	79,969	80,784
Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	16,120	10,102
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	17,029	24,021
Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	233,045	232,379
Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	438,457	460,865
Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	76,261	62,620
Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	112,079	119,811
U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	278,965	304,737
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	83,901	120,084
U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	3,090	0
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	315,666	291,320
Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	40,733	38,633
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	10,330	8,203
Level I
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	33,138	39,730
Cash equivalents	1,579	101,629
Investments at fair value	27,586	20,690
Total assets	62,303	162,049
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	401,508	362,414
Level I | Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	29,873	39,711
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	84,568	69,205
Level I | Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level I | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level I | Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level I | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level I | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level I | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level I | U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level I | U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	3,090
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	315,666	291,320
Level I | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	175	19
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	1,274	1,889
Level II
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,529,454	1,515,285
Cash equivalents
Investments at fair value
Total assets	1,529,454	1,515,285
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	465,006	468,170
Level II | Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	16,796	14,386
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	1,199
Level II | Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	79,969	80,784
Level II | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	16,020	10,002
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	17,029	24,021
Level II | Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	233,045	232,379
Level II | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	437,024	459,432
Level II | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	75,605	61,964
Level II | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	4,680	12
Level II | U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	278,965	304,737
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	83,901	120,084
Level II | U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level II | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	387,350	351,589
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	362,877	324,065
Level III
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	109,652	122,679
Cash equivalents
Investments at fair value	60,954	49,240
Total assets	170,606	171,919
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	5,479	6,643
Level III | Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level III | Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level III | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	100	100
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level III | Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Level III | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,433	1,433
Level III | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	656	656
Level III | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	107,399	119,799
Level III | U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level III | U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Level III | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	64	691
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	5,479	6,643
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	(346,856)	(313,666)
Cash equivalents
Investments at fair value
Total assets	(346,856)	(313,666)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	(359,300)	(324,394)
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	(346,856)	(313,666)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	(359,300)	(324,394)
Total
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388	1,364,028
Cash equivalents	1,579	101,629
Investments at fair value	88,540	69,930
Total assets	1,415,507	1,535,587
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693	512,833
Total | Equity securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	46,669	54,097
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	85,767	69,205
Total | Convertible securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	79,969	80,784
Total | Fixed income securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	16,120	10,102
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	17,029	24,021
Total | Taxable securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	233,045	232,379
Total | Tax-exempt securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	438,457	460,865
Total | Short-term securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	76,261	62,620
Total | Asset-backed securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	112,079	119,811
Total | U.S. government agency securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	278,965	304,737
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	83,901	120,084
Total | U.S. government securities
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	3,090
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	315,666	291,320
Total | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	40,733	38,633
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	10,330	8,203
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliations, Recurring Basis, Liability Value	5,479	6,643	399	5,218
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased | Derivative contracts
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliations, Recurring Basis, Liability Value	$ 5,479	$ 6,643	$ 399	$ 5,218

XML

Organization and Basis of Presentation - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014 segment	Mar. 31, 2013 Interest Revenue [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Interest Expense [Member]
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Line Items]
Number of reportable segments	2
Reclassified amount		$ 2.5	$ 2.8

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Schedule of Recognized Identified Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the respective dates of acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8,014
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	24,074
Fixed assets	1,247
Goodwill	13,790
Intangible assets	6,665
Other assets	8,922
Total assets acquired	62,712
Liabilities
Payables	1,126
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	22,588
Accrued compensation	1,469
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	4,789
Total liabilities assumed	29,972
Net assets acquired	$	32,740

Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information

The consolidated Company's unaudited pro forma information presented does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisitions been completed at the beginning of the applicable period presented, does not contemplate anticipated operational efficiencies of the combined entities, nor does it indicate the results of operations in future periods.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013
Net revenues	$	113,540
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	9,096

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Disclosure Financial Instruments And Other Inventory Positions Owned And Financial Instruments And Other Inventory Positions Sold But Not Yet Purchased [Abstract]

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but not yet Purchased

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased were as follows:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	46,669		$	54,097
Convertible securities	79,969			80,784
Fixed income securities	16,120			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	233,045			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	438,457			460,865
Short-term securities	76,261			62,620
Asset-backed securities	112,079			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	278,965			304,737
U.S. government securities	3,090			—
Derivative contracts	40,733			38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388			1,364,028
Less noncontrolling interests (1)	(243,892		)	(291,513		)
	$	1,081,496		$	1,072,515
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	85,767		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	17,029			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	83,901			120,084
U.S. government securities	315,666			291,320
Derivative contracts	10,330			8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693			512,833
Less noncontrolling interests (2)	(62,420		)	(68,356		)
	$	450,273		$	444,477

(1) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $103.2 million and $101.8 million of taxable municipal securities, $135.8 million and $183.9 million of tax-exempt municipal securities, and $4.9 million and $5.8 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. 

(2) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $61.4 million and $67.4 million of U.S. government securities, and $1.1 million and $1.0 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Total Absolute Notional Contract Amount

The following table presents the total absolute notional contract amount associated with the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments:

(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,		December 31,
Transaction Type or Hedged Security	Derivative Category	2014		2013
Customer matched-book	Interest rate derivative contract	$	5,287,583	$	5,310,929
Trading securities	Interest rate derivative contract	255,500		198,500
Trading securities	Credit default swap index contract	379,215		299,333
Trading securities	Equity option derivative contract	17,152		17,090
		$	5,939,450	$	5,825,852

Unrealized Gains/(Losses) on Derivative Instruments

The following table presents the Company’s unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative instruments:

		Three Months Ended
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,
Derivative Category	Operations Category	2014			2013
Interest rate derivative contract	Investment banking	$	(524	)	$	(538	)
Interest rate derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	532			5,935
Credit default swap index contract	Institutional brokerage	(1,254		)	(1,874		)
Equity option derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	948			—
		$	(298	)	$	3,523

Gross Fair Market Value of Derivative Instruments and Location on Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Prior to Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting by Asset or Liability Position

The gross fair market value of all derivative instruments and their location on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition prior to counterparty netting are shown below by asset or liability position:

(Dollars in thousands)		Asset Value at			Liability Value at
		March 31,			March 31,
Derivative Category	Financial Condition Location	2014		Financial Condition Location	2014
Interest rate derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	$	379,037	Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	$	359,745
Credit default swap index contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	8,478		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	8,611
Equity option derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	74		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	1,274
		$	387,589		$	369,630

XML

Organization and Basis of Presentation

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Piper Jaffray Companies is the parent company of Piper Jaffray & Co. ("Piper Jaffray"), a securities broker dealer and investment banking firm; Piper Jaffray Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and mergers and acquisitions services in Europe headquartered in London, England; Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI"), which provides asset management services to separately managed accounts, closed-end and open-end funds and partnerships; Piper Jaffray Investment Group Inc., which consists of entities providing alternative asset management services; Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc., Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc. and Piper Jaffray Financial Products III Inc., entities that facilitate derivative transactions; and other immaterial subsidiaries. Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") operate in two reporting segments: Capital Markets and Asset Management. A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Capital Markets

The Capital Markets segment provides institutional sales, trading and research services and investment banking services. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions, government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses from trading these securities. Investment banking services include management of and participation in underwritings, merger and acquisition services and public finance activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees. Also, the Company generates revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on proprietary investments in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, and merchant banking activities involving equity or debt investments in late stage private companies. As certain of these efforts have matured and an investment process has been developed, the Company has created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and municipal securities in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors. The Company receives management and performance fees for managing these funds.

As discussed in Note 5, the Company discontinued its Hong Kong capital markets business in 2012.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment provides traditional asset management services with product offerings in equity securities and master limited partnerships to institutions and individuals. Revenues are generated in the form of management and performance fees. Revenues are also generated through investments in the partnerships and funds that the Company manages.

As discussed in Note 5, Fiduciary Asset Management, LLC ("FAMCO") was sold in 2013.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund, merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

In 2013, the Company reclassified interest revenue and expense associated with its derivative contracts to investment banking or institutional brokerage revenues within the consolidated statements of operations to more accurately reflect the nature and intent of the derivative instrument. The Company reclassified $2.5 million of interest revenue and $2.8 million of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This change had no effect on net revenues, net income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows for the period presented.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Information about Significant Unobservable Inputs used in Fair Value Measurement

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level III financial instruments as of March 31, 2014:

	Valuation			Weighted
	Technique	Unobservable Input	Range	Average
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	Discounted cash flow	Debt service coverage ratio (2)	5 - 69%	22.2%
Short-term securities	Discounted cash flow	Expected recovery rate (% of par) (2)	77 - 80%	79.6%
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized by residential mortgages	Discounted cash flow	Credit default rates (3)	2 - 8%	5.2%
		Prepayment rates (4)	2 - 22%	5.1%
		Loss severity (3)	42 - 100%	68.1%
		Valuation yields (3)	5 - 7%	5.9%
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	53 - 66 bps	63.0 bps
Investments at fair value:
Warrants in public and private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Liquidity discount rates (1)	30 - 40%	34.3%
Warrants in private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Stock volatility factors of comparable companies (2)	26 - 93%	62.6%
Equity securities in private companies	Market approach	Revenue multiple (2)	2 - 7 times	3.3 times
		EBITDA multiple (2)	9 - 12 times	9.3 times
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	5 - 51 bps	19.8 bps

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs:

(1) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement.

(2) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher/(lower) fair value measurement.

(3) Significant changes in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for credit default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally inverse change in the assumption for valuation yields.

(4) The potential impact of changes in prepayment rates on fair value is dependent on other security-specific factors, such as the par value and structure. Changes in the prepayment rates may result in directionally similar or directionally inverse changes in fair value depending on whether the security trades at a premium or discount to the par value.

Valuation of Financial Instruments by Pricing Observability Levels

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement" ("ASC 820") as of March 31, 2014:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	29,873	$	16,796	$	—	$	—		$	46,669
Convertible securities	—		79,969		—		—			79,969
Fixed income securities	—		16,020		100		—			16,120
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		233,045		—		—			233,045
Tax-exempt securities	—		437,024		1,433		—			438,457
Short-term securities	—		75,605		656		—			76,261
Asset-backed securities	—		4,680		107,399		—			112,079
U.S. government agency securities	—		278,965		—		—			278,965
U.S. government securities	3,090		—		—		—			3,090
Derivative contracts	175		387,350		64		(346,856		)	40,733
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	33,138		1,529,454		109,652		(346,856		)	1,325,388
Cash equivalents	1,579		—		—		—			1,579
Investments at fair value	27,586		—		60,954		—			88,540
Total assets	$	62,303	$	1,529,454	$	170,606	$	(346,856	)	$	1,415,507
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	84,568	$	1,199	$	—	$	—		$	85,767
Fixed income securities	—		17,029		—		—			17,029
U.S. government agency securities	—		83,901		—		—			83,901
U.S. government securities	315,666		—		—		—			315,666
Derivative contracts	1,274		362,877		5,479		(359,300		)	10,330
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	401,508	$	465,006	$	5,479	$	(359,300	)	$	512,693

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2013:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	39,711	$	14,386	$	—	$	—		$	54,097
Convertible securities	—		80,784		—		—			80,784
Fixed income securities	—		10,002		100		—			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		232,379		—		—			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	—		459,432		1,433		—			460,865
Short-term securities	—		61,964		656		—			62,620
Asset-backed securities	—		12		119,799		—			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	—		304,737		—		—			304,737
Derivative contracts	19		351,589		691		(313,666		)	38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	39,730		1,515,285		122,679		(313,666		)	1,364,028
Cash equivalents	101,629		—		—		—			101,629
Investments at fair value	20,690		—		49,240		—			69,930
Total assets	$	162,049	$	1,515,285	$	171,919	$	(313,666	)	$	1,535,587
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	69,205	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	—		24,021		—		—			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	—		120,084		—		—			120,084
U.S. government securities	291,320		—		—		—			291,320
Derivative contracts	1,889		324,065		6,643		(324,394		)	8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	362,414	$	468,170	$	6,643	$	(324,394	)	$	512,833

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

Changes in Fair Value Associated with Level III Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the changes in fair value associated with Level III financial instruments during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Balance at												Realized			Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/			gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)			(losses) (1)			2014
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Fixed income securities	$	100	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	100
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	1,433		—			—			—		—		—			—			1,433
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—			—			656
Asset-backed securities	119,799		96,725			(114,506		)	—		—		6,270			(889		)	107,399
Derivative contracts	691		2,614			—			—		—		(2,614		)	(627		)	64
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	122,679		99,339			(114,506		)	—		—		3,656			(1,516		)	109,652
Investments at fair value	49,240		10,000			—			—		—		—			1,714			60,954
Total assets	$	171,919	$	109,339		$	(114,506	)	$	—	$	—	$	3,656		$	198		$	170,606
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

	Balance at												Realized		Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/		gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2012		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)		(losses) (1)			2013
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	$	1,429	$	1		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1		$	1,431
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—		—			656
Asset-backed securities	116,171		124,450			(142,404		)	—		—		15,272		(5,835		)	107,654
Derivative contracts	827		—			(13		)	—		—		—		1,558			2,372
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	119,083		124,451			(142,417		)	—		—		15,272		(4,276		)	112,113
Investments at fair value	33,245		5,362			—			—		—		4		3,042			41,653
Total assets	$	152,328	$	129,813		$	(142,417	)	$	—	$	—	$	15,276	$	(1,234	)	$	153,766
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Derivative contracts	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

XML

Segment Reporting - Long-Lived Assets By Geographic Region (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Long-Lived Assets by Geographical Areas [Line Items]
Long Lived Assets	$ 291,666	$ 302,930
United States
Long-Lived Assets by Geographical Areas [Line Items]
Long Lived Assets	285,320	296,516
Europe
Long-Lived Assets by Geographical Areas [Line Items]
Long Lived Assets	$ 6,346	$ 6,414

XML

Noncontrolling Interests (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Noncontrolling Interest [Abstract]

Changes in Common Shareholders' Equity Attributable to Parent Company and Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

	Common						Total
	Shareholders’			Noncontrolling			Shareholders’
(Dollars in thousands)	Equity			Interests			Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	734,676		$	147,396		$	882,072
Net income	17,748			5,138			22,886
Amortization/issuance of restricted stock	17,776			—			17,776
Issuance of treasury shares for options exercised	273			—			273
Repurchase of common stock for employee tax withholding	(7,346		)	—			(7,346		)
Issuance of treasury shares for 401k match	4,156			—			4,156
Shares reserved/issued for director compensation	120			—			120
Other comprehensive income	51			—			51
Fund capital withdrawals, net	—			(2,909		)	(2,909		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	767,454		$	149,625		$	917,079

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Uncollateralized credit exposure	$ 23.0
Notional contract amount of derivatives with counterparties not required to post collateral	200.2
Counterparty
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Uncollateralized credit exposure	$ 11.4

XML

Noncontrolling Interests - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Noncontrolling Interest Note [Line Items]
Noncontrolling interests	$ 149,625	$ 147,396
Municipal bond fund
Noncontrolling Interest Note [Line Items]
Noncontrolling interests	122,300	126,300
Merchant banking fund
Noncontrolling Interest Note [Line Items]
Noncontrolling interests	19,300	14,100
Other private equity investments
Noncontrolling Interest Note [Line Items]
Noncontrolling interests	$ 8,000	$ 7,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 34,835	$ 123,683
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes	44,141	43,012
Receivables:
Customers	19,785	11,633
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	230,563	127,113
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	176,865	167,875
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	417,171	406,513
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral	908,217	957,515
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388	1,364,028
Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $63,665 and $62,311, respectively)	15,310	16,114
Goodwill	210,634	210,634
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $34,187 and $31,869, respectively)	37,612	39,930
Investments	130,255	112,043
Other assets	91,864	102,092
Total assets	2,317,252	2,318,157
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term financing	435,809	514,711
Variable rate senior notes	125,000	125,000
Payables:
Customers	40,218	33,109
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	110,980	27,722
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	52,046	4,397
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693	512,833
Accrued compensation	78,684	159,928
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	44,743	58,385
Total liabilities	1,400,173	1,436,085
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 100,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013; Shares issued: 19,520,553 at March 31, 2014 and 19,537,127 at December 31, 2013; Shares outstanding: 14,915,556 at March 31, 2014 and 14,383,418 at December 31, 2013	195	195
Additional paid-in capital	738,391	740,321
Retained earnings	181,641	163,893
Less common stock held in treasury, at cost: 4,604,997 shares at March 31, 2014 and 5,153,709 shares at December 31, 2013	(153,720)	(170,629)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	947	896
Total common shareholders’ equity	767,454	734,676
Noncontrolling interests	149,625	147,396
Total shareholders’ equity	917,079	882,072
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$ 2,317,252	$ 2,318,157

XML

Acquisitions - Additional Information(Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Jul. 16, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill acquired
Capital Markets
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill acquired	13,800,000	0
Capital Markets | Customer Relationships
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets	6,000,000
Capital Markets | Noncompete Agreements
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets	700,000
Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Consideration transferred	32,700,000
Acquisition related compensation arrangements	14,300,000
Goodwill amount expected to be deducted for income tax purposes	9,100,000
Intangible assets	$ 6,665,000
Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P. | Minimum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition related compensation arrangement award vesting period	2 years
Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P. | Maximum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition related compensation arrangement award vesting period	5 years
Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P. | Weighted Average
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition related compensation arrangement award vesting period	4 years 3 months

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Operating Activities:
Net income/(loss)	$ 22,886	$ 12,047
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets	1,418	1,426
Deferred income taxes	8,142	12,070
Share-based and deferred compensation	5,375	795
Amortization of intangible assets	2,318	1,661
Amortization of forgivable loans	1,327	1,725
Decrease/(increase) in operating assets:
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes	(1,129)	(14,005)
Receivables:
Customers	(8,152)	(3,708)
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	(103,450)	(17,448)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	(8,990)	(49,763)
Net financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	38,500	(108,437)
Investments	(18,212)	(7,381)
Other assets	792	(3,511)
Payables:
Customers	7,109	33,332
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	83,258	44,114
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	2,442	0
Accrued compensation	(64,516)	(74,265)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	(13,646)	(10,211)
Decrease in assets held for sale	0	(1,283)
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities held for sale	0	(685)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities	(44,528)	(183,527)
Investing Activities:
Purchases of fixed assets, net	(607)	(230)
Net cash used in investing activities	(607)	(230)
Financing Activities:
Increase/(decrease) in short-term financing	(78,902)	(67,996)
Increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase	45,207	132,297
Increase in noncontrolling interests	(2,909)	50,562
Repurchase of common stock	(7,346)	(13,929)
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	(47)	55
Proceeds from stock option transactions	273	0
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(43,724)	100,989
Currency adjustment:
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	11	(88)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	(88,848)	(82,856)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	123,683	105,371
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	34,835	22,515
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information –
Interest	6,019	5,465
Income taxes	19,972	596
Stock Issued During Period, Value, Treasury Stock Reissued	4,156	3,939
Non-cash financing activities –
Issuance of restricted common stock for annual equity award: 402,074 shares and 431,582 shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	$ 16,131	$ 17,699

XML

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations - Amounts Receivable from Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Disclosure Amounts Receivable From Brokers Dealers And Clearing Organizations [Abstract]
Receivable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$ 107,228	$ 59,657
Deposits paid for securities borrowed	40,888	36,278
Receivable from clearing organizations	9,862	966
Deposits with clearing organizations	56,412	20,995
Securities failed to deliver	2,345	593
Other	13,828	8,624
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	$ 230,563	$ 127,113

XML

Investments (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Investments [Abstract]

Schedule of Investments

The Company’s proprietary investments include investments in private companies and partnerships, registered mutual funds, warrants of public and private companies and private company debt. Investments included:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Investments at fair value	$	88,540		$	69,930
Investments at cost	19,831			20,709
Investments accounted for under the equity method	21,884			21,404
Total investments	130,255			112,043
Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests (1)	(27,300		)	(21,137		)
	$	102,955		$	90,906

(1) Noncontrolling interests are attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles.

XML

Other Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Net deferred income tax assets	$ 28,110	$ 36,252
Fee receivables	24,738	34,415
Accrued interest receivables	10,402	9,793
Forgivable loans, net	10,333	7,879
Income tax receivables	3,513	0
Prepaid expenses	4,934	5,237
Other	9,834	8,516
Total other assets	$ 91,864	$ 102,092

XML

Variable Rate Senior Notes

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Variable Rate Senior Notes

Variable Rate Senior Notes

On November 30, 2012, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement (“Note Purchase Agreement”) under which the Company issued unsecured variable rate senior notes (“Notes”) in the amount of $125 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised by PIMCO. The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $75 million, respectively. The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.00 percent and mature on May 31, 2014. The Class B Notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.50 percent and mature on November 30, 2015. Interest on the Notes is adjustable and payable quarterly. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on the respective maturity dates and may not be prepaid by the Company.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal when due or failure to pay interest within five business days of when due, any representation or warranty in the Note Purchase Agreement proving untrue in any material respect when made by the Company, failure to comply with the covenants in the Note Purchase Agreement, failure to pay or another event of default under other material indebtedness in an amount exceeding $10 million, bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a change in control of the Company. If there is any event of default under the Note Purchase Agreement, the noteholders may declare the entire principal and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable and exercise other customary remedies.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated tangible net worth and regulatory net capital, limit the Company's leverage ratio and require the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. With respect to the net capital covenant, the Company's U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is required to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. At March 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The Notes are recorded at amortized cost. As of March 31, 2014, the carrying value of the Notes approximates fair value.

XML

Other Assets (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Other Assets

Other assets included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net deferred income tax assets	$	28,110	$	36,252
Fee receivables	24,738		34,415
Accrued interest receivables	10,402		9,793
Forgivable loans, net	10,333		7,879
Income tax receivables	3,513		—
Prepaid expenses	4,934		5,237
Other	9,834		8,516
Total other assets	$	91,864	$	102,092

XML

Shareholders' Equity

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders’ Equity

Share Repurchases

In the third quarter of 2012, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million in common shares through September 30, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not repurchase any shares of the Company's outstanding common stock related to this authorization. The Company has $39.5 million remaining under this authorization. The Company also purchases shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting as recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. The Company purchased 182,615 shares or $7.3 million of the Company’s common stock for this purpose during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Issuance of Shares

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued 103,598 common shares out of treasury stock in fulfillment of $4.2 million in obligations under the Piper Jaffray Companies Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and issued 445,114 common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting and exercise transactions as discussed in Note 19. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company issued 96,049 common shares out of treasury stock in fulfillment of $3.9 million in obligations under the Retirement Plan and issued 669,221 common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting.

XML

Short-Term Financing - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)					3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) program	Dec. 31, 2013 Commercial paper (secured)	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) Minimum	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) Maximum	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) CP Series A	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) CP Series II A	Mar. 31, 2014 Commercial paper (secured) CP Series III A	Mar. 31, 2014 Line of Credit [Member] Committed Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Line of Credit [Member] Uncommitted Credit Facility [Member] banks	Mar. 31, 2014 Committed Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Committed Credit Facility [Member] Covenant Requirement
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Senior secured commercial paper notes, maturity period					27 days	270 days
Number of commercial paper programs			3
Weighted average maturity period							151 days	97 days	33 days
Debt term										1 year
Line of credity, maximum borrowing capacity										$ 250,000,000	$ 185,000,000	$ 250,000,000
Minimum net capital required													120,000,000
Short-term financing	$ 435,809,000	$ 514,711,000	$ 274,753,000	$ 280,294,000						$ 0	$ 0
Number of banks											2

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Parenthetical)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Statement of Cash Flows [Abstract]
Number of common stock issued for retirement plan obligations	103,598	96,049
Number of restricted common stock issued for annual equity award	402,074	431,582

XML

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accumulated depreciation and amortization on fixed assets	$ 63,665	$ 62,311
Accumulated amortization on intangible assets	$ 34,187	$ 31,869
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	19,520,553	19,537,127
Common stock, shares outstanding	14,915,556	14,383,418
Common stock held in treasury, shares	4,604,997	5,153,709

XML

Collateralized Securities Transactions

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Collateralized Securities Transactions Disclosure [Abstract]

Collateralized Securities Transactions

Collateralized Securities Transactions

The Company’s financing and customer securities activities involve the Company using securities as collateral. In the event that the counterparty does not meet its contractual obligation to return securities used as collateral (e.g., pursuant to the terms of a repurchase agreement), or customers do not deposit additional securities or cash for margin when required, the Company may be exposed to the risk of reacquiring the securities or selling the securities at unfavorable market prices in order to satisfy its obligations to its customers or counterparties. The Company seeks to control this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged or used as collateral on a daily basis and requiring adjustments in the event of excess market exposure. The Company also uses unaffiliated third party custodians to administer the underlying collateral for certain of its repurchase agreements and short-term financing to mitigate risk.

In a reverse repurchase agreement the Company purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and agrees to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest in the future. In a repurchase agreement, the Company sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically for cash, and agrees to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date. Even though repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at maturity of the agreement.

In a securities borrowed transaction, the Company borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the Company returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In the normal course of business, the Company obtains securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and margin agreements on terms that permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others, typically pursuant to repurchase agreements. The Company obtained securities with a fair value of approximately $221.3 million and $212.4 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, of which $212.9 million and $194.9 million, respectively, had been pledged or otherwise transferred to satisfy its commitments under financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased.

The following is a summary of the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("Repurchase Liabilities"), the fair market value of collateral pledged and the interest rate charged by the Company’s counterparty, which is based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin, as of March 31, 2014:

	Repurchase		Fair Market
(Dollars in thousands)	Liabilities		Value		Interest Rate
Term up to 30 day maturities:
Asset-backed securities	$	6,839	$	9,194	1.65%
On demand maturities:
U.S. government securities	45,207		49,064		0.30 - 0.60%
	$	52,046	$	58,258

Reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are reported on a net basis by counterparty when a legal right of offset exists.

There were no gross amounts offset on the consolidated statements of financial condition for reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed or repurchase agreements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, as a legal right of offset did not exist. The Company had no outstanding securities lending arrangements as of March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. See Note 6 for information related to the Company's offsetting of derivative contracts.

XML

Document and Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Apr. 17, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-Q
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1
Trading Symbol	PJC
Entity Registrant Name	Piper Jaffray Companies
Entity Central Index Key	0001230245
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		16,267,433

XML

Investments

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Investments [Abstract]

Investments

Investments

The Company’s proprietary investments include investments in private companies and partnerships, registered mutual funds, warrants of public and private companies and private company debt. Investments included:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Investments at fair value	$	88,540		$	69,930
Investments at cost	19,831			20,709
Investments accounted for under the equity method	21,884			21,404
Total investments	130,255			112,043
Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests (1)	(27,300		)	(21,137		)
	$	102,955		$	90,906

(1) Noncontrolling interests are attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles.

Management regularly reviews the Company’s investments in private company debt and has concluded that no valuation allowance is needed as it is probable that all contractual principal and interest will be collected.

At March 31, 2014, investments carried on a cost basis had an estimated fair market value of $25.5 million. The estimated fair value of these investments was based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")), among other factors. Because valuation estimates were based upon management’s judgment, investments carried at cost would be categorized as Level III assets in the fair value hierarchy, if they were carried at fair value.

Investments accounted for under the equity method include general and limited partnership interests. The carrying value of these investments is based on the investment vehicle’s net asset value. The net assets of investment partnerships consist of investments in both marketable and non-marketable securities. The underlying investments held by such partnerships are valued based on the estimated fair value determined by management in our capacity as general partner or investor and, in the case of investments in unaffiliated investment partnerships, are based on financial statements prepared by the unaffiliated general partners.

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations	$ 17,748	$ 10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	0	(521)
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748	10,146
Earnings allocated to participating securities	(1,659)	(1,180)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies' common shareholders	$ 16,089	$ 8,966
Shares for basic and diluted calculations:
Average shares used in basic computation	14,612,000	15,582,000
Incremental common share attributable to share-based payment arrangements	45,000	28,000
Average shares used in diluted computation	14,657,000	15,610,000
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share
Income from continuing operations	$ 1.10	$ 0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	$ 0.00	$ (0.03)
Earnings per basic common share	$ 1.10	$ 0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share
Income from continuing operations	$ 1.10	$ 0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	$ 0.00	$ (0.03)
Earnings per diluted common share	$ 1.10	$ 0.57
Weighted average participating shares outstanding	1,510,839	2,055,679

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Revenues:
Investment banking	$ 88,474	$ 40,821
Institutional brokerage	44,034	40,147
Asset management	20,959	18,456
Interest	13,659	10,823
Investment income	6,768	5,065
Total revenues	173,894	115,312
Interest expense	5,761	5,779
Net revenues	168,133	109,533
Non-interest expenses:
Compensation and benefits	100,489	66,105
Occupancy and equipment	6,778	5,817
Communications	5,955	5,232
Floor brokerage and clearance	1,834	2,150
Marketing and business development	5,526	4,980
Outside services	9,493	7,214
Intangible asset amortization expense	2,318	1,661
Other operating expenses	3,027	(1,794)
Total non-interest expenses	135,420	91,365
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense	32,713	18,168
Income tax expense	9,827	5,600
Income from continuing operations	22,886	12,568
Discontinued operations:
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	(521)
Net income/(loss)	22,886	12,047
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138	1,901
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748	10,146
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders	16,089	8,966
Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations	17,748	10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	$ 0	$ (521)
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share
Income from continuing operations	$ 1.10	$ 0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	$ 0.00	$ (0.03)
Earnings per basic common share	$ 1.10	$ 0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share
Income from continuing operations	$ 1.10	$ 0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	$ 0.00	$ (0.03)
Earnings per diluted common share	$ 1.10	$ 0.57
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic	14,612	15,582
Diluted	14,657	15,610

XML

Discontinued Operations

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Discontinued Operations and Disposal Groups [Abstract]

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued Operations

The Company's Hong Kong capital markets business ceased operations in 2012. In the second quarter of 2013, the Company completed the sale of FAMCO, an asset management subsidiary, for consideration of $4.0 million which consisted of $0.3 million in cash and a $3.7 million note receivable from the buyer. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 205-20, the results from these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The Company recorded a $0.5 million net loss from discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

As part of the FAMCO sale, the Company indemnified the buyer against certain costs and obligations. As of March 31, 2014, a $0.5 million remaining indemnification obligation was included within other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make pursuant to the terms of the definitive sale agreement is not limited, however it is not expected to be material.

XML

Acquisitions

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

On July 12, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation ("Seattle-Northwest"), a Seattle-based investment bank and broker dealer focused on public finance in the Northwest region of the U.S. The purchase was completed pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 16, 2013. The acquisition of Seattle-Northwest supports the Company's strategy to grow its public finance business.

On July 16, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Edgeview Partners, L.P. ("Edgeview"), a middle-market advisory firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions. The purchase was completed pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement dated June 17, 2013. The acquisition of Edgeview further strengthens the Company's mergers and acquisitions position in the middle market and adds resources dedicated to the private equity community.

The Company paid $32.7 million in cash for Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, which represented the fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The Company also entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements of $14.3 million which consisted of cash, restricted stock and restricted mutual fund shares ("MFRS Awards") of registered funds managed by the Company's asset management business. Compensation expense related to these arrangements will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of two to five years (a weighted average service period of 4.3 years).

These acquisitions were accounted for pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was allocated between goodwill and intangible assets within the Capital Markets segment. The Company recorded $13.8 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, of which $9.1 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and expertise of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview in their respective business lines.

Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships and non-competition agreements with acquisition-date fair values estimated to be $6.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the respective dates of acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8,014
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	24,074
Fixed assets	1,247
Goodwill	13,790
Intangible assets	6,665
Other assets	8,922
Total assets acquired	62,712
Liabilities
Payables	1,126
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	22,588
Accrued compensation	1,469
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	4,789
Total liabilities assumed	29,972
Net assets acquired	$	32,740

Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements prospectively from their respective dates of acquisition. These acquisitions have been fully integrated with the Company's existing operations. Accordingly, post-acquisition revenues and net income are not discernible. The following unaudited pro forma financial data assumes the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012, the beginning of the prior annual period in which the acquisitions occurred. Pro forma results have been prepared by adjusting the Company's historical results from continuing operations to include Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations adjusted for the following changes: depreciation and amortization expenses were adjusted to account for acquisition-date fair value adjustments of fixed assets and intangible assets; compensation and benefits expenses were adjusted to reflect excess partner distributions as compensation expense; and the income tax effect of applying the Company's statutory tax rates to Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations. The consolidated Company's unaudited pro forma information presented does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisitions been completed at the beginning of the applicable period presented, does not contemplate anticipated operational efficiencies of the combined entities, nor does it indicate the results of operations in future periods.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013
Net revenues	$	113,540
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	9,096

XML

Contingencies and Commitments

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Legal Contingencies

Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including complaints and litigation and arbitration claims, arising from its business activities. Such actions include claims related to securities brokerage and investment banking activities, and certain class actions that primarily allege violations of securities laws and seek unspecified damages, which could be substantial. Also, the Company is involved from time to time in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”) which could result in adverse judgments, settlement, penalties, fines or other relief.

The Company has established reserves for potential losses that are probable and reasonably estimable that may result from pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings. In many cases, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount or range of any potential loss, particularly where proceedings may be in relatively early stages or where plaintiffs are seeking substantial or indeterminate damages. Matters frequently need to be more developed before a loss or range of loss can reasonably be estimated.

Given uncertainties regarding the timing, scope, volume and outcome of pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings and other factors, the amounts of reserves and ranges of reasonably possible losses are difficult to determine and of necessity subject to future revision. Subject to the foregoing, management of the Company believes, based on currently available information, after consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account its established reserves, that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if during any period a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves, the results of operations and cash flows in that period and the financial condition as of the end of that period could be materially adversely affected. In addition, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been brought to the Company’s attention or are not yet determined to be reasonably possible.

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space throughout the United States and in a limited number of foreign countries where the Company’s international operations reside. Aggregate minimum lease commitments under operating leases as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Remainder of 2014	$	8,422
2015	11,186
2016	11,385
2017	9,680
2018	9,380
Thereafter	34,907
	$	84,960

XML

Other Assets

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Deferred Costs, Capitalized, Prepaid, and Other Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Other Assets

Other Assets

Other assets included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Net deferred income tax assets	$	28,110	$	36,252
Fee receivables	24,738		34,415
Accrued interest receivables	10,402		9,793
Forgivable loans, net	10,333		7,879
Income tax receivables	3,513		—
Prepaid expenses	4,934		5,237
Other	9,834		8,516
Total other assets	$	91,864	$	102,092

XML

Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014
Schedule Of Compliance With Regulatory Capital Requirements For Broker Dealer [Line Items]
Net capital requirement	$ 1.0
Net capital requirement, percentage of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions	2.00%
Net capital requirement, percent of aggregate debit balances under restriction on business expansion or dividend payment	5.00%
Net capital	185.2
Amount of capital that exceeds the minimum net capital required	184.2
Committed Credit Facility [Member]
Schedule Of Compliance With Regulatory Capital Requirements For Broker Dealer [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility	250
Committed Credit Facility [Member] | Covenant Requirement
Schedule Of Compliance With Regulatory Capital Requirements For Broker Dealer [Line Items]
Minimum net capital required	$ 120

XML

Variable Interest Entities

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Variable Interest Entities Disclosure [Abstract]

Variable Interest Entities

Variable Interest Entities

The Company has investments in and/or acts as the managing partner of various partnerships, limited liability companies, or registered mutual funds. These entities were established for the purpose of investing in securities of public or private companies, or municipal debt obligations and were initially financed through the capital commitments or seed investments of the members.

Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") are entities in which equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities. The determination as to whether an entity is a VIE is based on the amount and nature of the members’ equity investment in the entity. The Company also considers other characteristics such as the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. For those entities that meet the deferral provisions defined by FASB ASU No. 2010-10, "Consolidation: Amendments for Certain Investment Funds," ("ASU 2010-10"), the Company considers characteristics such as the ability to influence the decision making about the entity’s activities and how the entity is financed. The Company has identified certain of the entities described above as VIEs. These VIEs had net assets approximating $0.8 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company’s exposure to loss from these VIEs is $13.2 million, which is the carrying value of its capital contributions recorded in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2014. The Company had no liabilities related to these VIEs at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

The Company is required to consolidate all VIEs for which it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary is based on whether the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For those entities that meet the deferral provisions defined by ASU 2010-10, the determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary differs in that it is based on whether the Company will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. The Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and accordingly does not consolidate them. Furthermore, the Company has not provided financial or other support to these VIEs that it was not previously contractually required to provide as of March 31, 2014.

The Company has investments in a grantor trust which was established as part of a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the grantor trust. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the grantor trust are consolidated by the Company on the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 19 for additional information on the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

The Company also originates CMOs through secondary market vehicles. The Company's risk of loss with respect to these entities is limited to the fair value of the securities held by the Company.

XML

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations - Amounts Payable to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Disclosure Amounts Payable To Brokers Dealers And Clearing Organizations [Abstract]
Payable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$ 94,274	$ 5,643
Payable to clearing organizations	788	9,462
Securities failed to receive	5,789	744
Other	10,129	11,873
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	$ 110,980	$ 27,722

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Disclosure Financial Instruments And Other Inventory Positions Owned And Financial Instruments And Other Inventory Positions Sold But Not Yet Purchased [Abstract]

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased were as follows:

	March 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	46,669		$	54,097
Convertible securities	79,969			80,784
Fixed income securities	16,120			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	233,045			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	438,457			460,865
Short-term securities	76,261			62,620
Asset-backed securities	112,079			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	278,965			304,737
U.S. government securities	3,090			—
Derivative contracts	40,733			38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	1,325,388			1,364,028
Less noncontrolling interests (1)	(243,892		)	(291,513		)
	$	1,081,496		$	1,072,515
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	85,767		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	17,029			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	83,901			120,084
U.S. government securities	315,666			291,320
Derivative contracts	10,330			8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693			512,833
Less noncontrolling interests (2)	(62,420		)	(68,356		)
	$	450,273		$	444,477

(1) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $103.2 million and $101.8 million of taxable municipal securities, $135.8 million and $183.9 million of tax-exempt municipal securities, and $4.9 million and $5.8 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. 

(2) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $61.4 million and $67.4 million of U.S. government securities, and $1.1 million and $1.0 million of derivative contracts as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, financial instruments and other inventory positions owned in the amount of $908.2 million and $957.5 million, respectively, had been pledged as collateral for short-term financings and repurchase agreements.

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price, thereby creating a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company is obligated to acquire the securities sold short at prevailing market prices, which may exceed the amount reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company economically hedges changes in the market value of its financial instruments and other inventory positions owned using inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, interest rate derivatives, credit default swap index contracts, futures and exchange traded options.

Derivative Contract Financial Instruments

The Company uses interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, credit default swap index contracts and option contracts to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to manage risk in certain inventory positions. The following describes the Company’s derivatives by the type of transaction or security the instruments are economically hedging.

Customer matched-book derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts in a principal capacity as a dealer to satisfy the financial needs of its customers.  The Company simultaneously enters into  an interest rate  derivative  contract with a third party for the same notional amount to hedge the interest rate and credit risk of the initial client interest rate derivative contract. In certain limited instances, the Company has only hedged interest rate risk with a third party, and retains uncollateralized credit risk as described below. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) index or the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) index.

Trading securities derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate and market value risks associated with its fixed income securities. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the Municipal Market Data (“MMD”) index, LIBOR or the SIFMA index. The Company also enters into credit default swap index contracts to hedge credit risk associated with its taxable fixed income securities and option contracts to hedge market value risk associated with its convertible securities and asset-backed securities.

The following table presents the total absolute notional contract amount associated with the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments:

(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,		December 31,
Transaction Type or Hedged Security	Derivative Category	2014		2013
Customer matched-book	Interest rate derivative contract	$	5,287,583	$	5,310,929
Trading securities	Interest rate derivative contract	255,500		198,500
Trading securities	Credit default swap index contract	379,215		299,333
Trading securities	Equity option derivative contract	17,152		17,090
		$	5,939,450	$	5,825,852

The Company’s derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, therefore, unrealized gains and losses are recorded on the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents the Company’s unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative instruments:

		Three Months Ended
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31,
Derivative Category	Operations Category	2014			2013
Interest rate derivative contract	Investment banking	$	(524	)	$	(538	)
Interest rate derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	532			5,935
Credit default swap index contract	Institutional brokerage	(1,254		)	(1,874		)
Equity option derivative contract	Institutional brokerage	948			—
		$	(298	)	$	3,523

The gross fair market value of all derivative instruments and their location on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition prior to counterparty netting are shown below by asset or liability position:

(Dollars in thousands)		Asset Value at			Liability Value at
		March 31,			March 31,
Derivative Category	Financial Condition Location	2014		Financial Condition Location	2014
Interest rate derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	$	379,037	Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	$	359,745
Credit default swap index contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	8,478		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	8,611
Equity option derivative contract	Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	74		Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,  but not yet purchased	1,274
		$	387,589		$	369,630

Derivatives are reported on a net basis by counterparty (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of offset exists and on a net basis by cross product when applicable provisions are stated in master netting agreements. Cash collateral received or paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided a legal right of offset exists.

Credit risk associated with the Company’s derivatives is the risk that a derivative counterparty will not perform in accordance with the terms of the applicable derivative contract. Credit exposure associated with the Company’s derivatives is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the contracts with counterparties and is monitored regularly by the Company’s financial risk committee. The Company considers counterparty credit risk in determining derivative contract fair value. The majority of the Company’s  derivative contracts are substantially collateralized by its counterparties, who  are major  financial institutions. The Company has a limited number of counterparties who are not required to post collateral. Based on market movements, the uncollateralized amounts representing the fair value of the derivative contract can become material, exposing the Company to the credit risk of these counterparties. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had $23.0 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with these counterparties (notional contract amount of $200.2 million), including $11.4 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with one counterparty.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Based on the nature of the Company’s business and its role as a “dealer” in the securities industry or as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined internally. The Company’s processes are designed to ensure that the fair values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are developed based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations and other security-specific information. Valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit risk are also considered. In estimating fair value, the Company may utilize information provided by third-party pricing vendors to corroborate internally-developed fair value estimates.

The Company employs specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of its financial instruments. The Company’s processes are designed to ensure that the internally estimated fair values are accurately recorded and that the data inputs and the valuation techniques used are appropriate, consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value. Individuals outside of the trading departments perform independent pricing verification reviews as of each reporting date. The Company has established parameters which set forth when the fair value of securities are independently verified. The selection parameters are generally based upon the type of security, the level of estimation risk of a security, the materiality of the security to the Company’s financial statements, changes in fair value from period to period, and other specific facts and circumstances of the Company’s securities portfolio. In evaluating the initial internally-estimated fair values made by the Company’s traders, the nature and complexity of securities involved (e.g., term, coupon, collateral, and other key drivers of value), level of market activity for securities, and availability of market data are considered. The independent price verification procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available), corroboration to the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components, or comparison to an alternative pricing source, such as a discounted cash flow model. The Company’s valuation committee, comprised of members of senior management and risk management, provides oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements.

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Actively traded money market funds are measured at their net asset value and classified as Level I.

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned

The Company records financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reflected on the consolidated statements of operations.

Equity securities – Exchange traded equity securities are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these securities are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. Non-exchange traded equity securities (principally hybrid preferred securities) are measured primarily using broker quotations, prices observed for recently executed market transactions and internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs and are categorized within Level II of the fair value hierarchy.

Convertible securities – Convertible securities are valued based on observable trades, when available. Accordingly, these convertible securities are categorized as Level II.

Corporate fixed income securities – Fixed income securities include corporate bonds which are valued based on recently executed market transactions of comparable size, internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs, or broker quotations. Accordingly, these corporate bonds are categorized as Level II. When observable price quotations or certain observable inputs are not available, fair value is determined using model-based valuation techniques with observable inputs such as specific security contractual terms and yield curves, and unobservable inputs such as credit spreads over U.S. treasury securities. Corporate bonds measured using model-based valuation techniques are categorized as Level III.

Taxable municipal securities – Taxable municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II.

Tax-exempt municipal securities – Tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Certain illiquid tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using market data for comparable securities (maturity and sector) and management judgment to infer an appropriate current yield or other model-based valuation techniques deemed appropriate by management based on the specific nature of the individual security and are therefore categorized as Level III.

Short-term municipal securities – Short-term municipal securities include auction rate securities, variable rate demand notes, and other short-term municipal securities. Variable rate demand notes and other short-term municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Auction rate securities with limited liquidity are categorized as Level III and are valued using discounted cash flow models with unobservable inputs such as the Company’s expected recovery rate on the securities.

Asset-backed securities – Asset-backed securities are valued using observable trades, when available. Certain asset-backed securities are valued using models where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These asset-backed securities are categorized as Level II. Other asset-backed securities, which are principally collateralized by residential mortgages, have experienced low volumes of executed transactions resulting in less observable transaction data. Certain asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages are valued using cash flow models that utilize unobservable inputs including credit default rates, prepayment rates, loss severity and valuation yields. As judgment is used to determine the range of these inputs, these asset-backed securities are categorized as Level III.

U.S. government agency securities – U.S. government agency securities include agency debt bonds and mortgage bonds. Agency debt bonds are valued by using either direct price quotes or price quotes for comparable bond securities and are categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds include bonds secured by mortgages, mortgage pass-through securities, agency collateralized mortgage-obligation (“CMO”) securities and agency interest-only securities. Mortgage pass-through securities, CMO securities and interest-only securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or other observable inputs, such as prepayment speeds and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds are valued using observable market inputs, such as market yields ranging from 79-255 basis points (“bps”) on spreads over U.S. treasury securities, or models based upon prepayment expectations ranging from 149-373 Public Securities Association (“PSA”) prepayment levels. These securities are categorized as Level II.

U.S. government securities – U.S. government securities include highly liquid U.S. treasury securities which are generally valued using quoted market prices and therefore categorized as Level I. The Company does not transact in securities of countries other than the U.S. government.

Derivatives – Derivative contracts include interest rate and basis swaps, forward purchase agreements, interest rate locks, futures, options and credit default swap index contracts. These instruments derive their value from underlying assets, reference rates, indices or a combination of these factors. The Company's equity option derivative contracts are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these contracts are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. The Company’s credit default swap index contracts are valued using market price quotations and are classified as Level II. The majority of the Company’s interest rate derivative contracts, including both interest rate swaps and interest rate locks, are valued using market standard pricing models based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows. The valuation models used do not involve material subjectivity as the methodologies do not entail significant judgment and the pricing inputs are market observable, including contractual terms, yield curves and measures of volatility. These instruments are classified as Level II within the fair value hierarchy. Certain interest rate locks transact in less active markets and were valued using valuation models that included the previously mentioned observable inputs and certain unobservable inputs that required significant judgment, such as the premium over the MMD curve. These instruments are classified as Level III.

Investments

The Company’s investments valued at fair value include equity investments in private companies, investments in public companies, investments in registered mutual funds, and warrants of public or private companies. Exchange traded direct equity investments in public companies and registered mutual funds are valued based on quoted prices on active markets and classified as Level I. Company-owned warrants, which have a cashless exercise option, are valued based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and certain unobservable inputs. The Company applies a liquidity discount to the value of its warrants in public and private companies. For warrants in private companies, valuation adjustments, based upon management’s judgment, are made to account for differences between the measured security and the stock volatility factors of comparable companies. Company-owned warrants are reported as Level III assets. Equity securities in private companies are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized as Level III.

Fair Value Option – The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The fair value option was elected for certain merchant banking and other investments at inception to reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis. Merchant banking and other equity investments of $16.4 million and $16.1 million, included within investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition, are accounted for at fair value and are classified as Level III assets at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The realized and unrealized gains from fair value changes included in earnings as a result of electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets were $0.3 million and $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level III financial instruments as of March 31, 2014:

	Valuation			Weighted
	Technique	Unobservable Input	Range	Average
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	Discounted cash flow	Debt service coverage ratio (2)	5 - 69%	22.2%
Short-term securities	Discounted cash flow	Expected recovery rate (% of par) (2)	77 - 80%	79.6%
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized by residential mortgages	Discounted cash flow	Credit default rates (3)	2 - 8%	5.2%
		Prepayment rates (4)	2 - 22%	5.1%
		Loss severity (3)	42 - 100%	68.1%
		Valuation yields (3)	5 - 7%	5.9%
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	53 - 66 bps	63.0 bps
Investments at fair value:
Warrants in public and private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Liquidity discount rates (1)	30 - 40%	34.3%
Warrants in private companies	Black-Scholes option pricing model	Stock volatility factors of comparable companies (2)	26 - 93%	62.6%
Equity securities in private companies	Market approach	Revenue multiple (2)	2 - 7 times	3.3 times
		EBITDA multiple (2)	9 - 12 times	9.3 times
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts:
Interest rate locks	Discounted cash flow	Premium over the MMD curve (1)	5 - 51 bps	19.8 bps

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs:

(1) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement.

(2) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher/(lower) fair value measurement.

(3) Significant changes in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for credit default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally inverse change in the assumption for valuation yields.

(4) The potential impact of changes in prepayment rates on fair value is dependent on other security-specific factors, such as the par value and structure. Changes in the prepayment rates may result in directionally similar or directionally inverse changes in fair value depending on whether the security trades at a premium or discount to the par value.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement" ("ASC 820") as of March 31, 2014:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	29,873	$	16,796	$	—	$	—		$	46,669
Convertible securities	—		79,969		—		—			79,969
Fixed income securities	—		16,020		100		—			16,120
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		233,045		—		—			233,045
Tax-exempt securities	—		437,024		1,433		—			438,457
Short-term securities	—		75,605		656		—			76,261
Asset-backed securities	—		4,680		107,399		—			112,079
U.S. government agency securities	—		278,965		—		—			278,965
U.S. government securities	3,090		—		—		—			3,090
Derivative contracts	175		387,350		64		(346,856		)	40,733
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	33,138		1,529,454		109,652		(346,856		)	1,325,388
Cash equivalents	1,579		—		—		—			1,579
Investments at fair value	27,586		—		60,954		—			88,540
Total assets	$	62,303	$	1,529,454	$	170,606	$	(346,856	)	$	1,415,507
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	84,568	$	1,199	$	—	$	—		$	85,767
Fixed income securities	—		17,029		—		—			17,029
U.S. government agency securities	—		83,901		—		—			83,901
U.S. government securities	315,666		—		—		—			315,666
Derivative contracts	1,274		362,877		5,479		(359,300		)	10,330
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	401,508	$	465,006	$	5,479	$	(359,300	)	$	512,693

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2013:

							Counterparty
							and Cash
							Collateral
(Dollars in thousands)	Level I		Level II		Level III		Netting (1)			Total
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	39,711	$	14,386	$	—	$	—		$	54,097
Convertible securities	—		80,784		—		—			80,784
Fixed income securities	—		10,002		100		—			10,102
Municipal securities:
Taxable securities	—		232,379		—		—			232,379
Tax-exempt securities	—		459,432		1,433		—			460,865
Short-term securities	—		61,964		656		—			62,620
Asset-backed securities	—		12		119,799		—			119,811
U.S. government agency securities	—		304,737		—		—			304,737
Derivative contracts	19		351,589		691		(313,666		)	38,633
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	39,730		1,515,285		122,679		(313,666		)	1,364,028
Cash equivalents	101,629		—		—		—			101,629
Investments at fair value	20,690		—		49,240		—			69,930
Total assets	$	162,049	$	1,515,285	$	171,919	$	(313,666	)	$	1,535,587
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Equity securities	$	69,205	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	69,205
Fixed income securities	—		24,021		—		—			24,021
U.S. government agency securities	—		120,084		—		—			120,084
U.S. government securities	291,320		—		—		—			291,320
Derivative contracts	1,889		324,065		6,643		(324,394		)	8,203
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	362,414	$	468,170	$	6,643	$	(324,394	)	$	512,833

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

The Company’s Level III assets were $170.6 million and $171.9 million, or 12.1 percent and 11.2 percent of financial instruments measured at fair value at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The value of transfers between levels are recognized at the beginning of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between Level I, Level II or Level III for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The following tables summarize the changes in fair value associated with Level III financial instruments during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Balance at												Realized			Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/			gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)			(losses) (1)			2014
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:
Fixed income securities	$	100	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	100
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	1,433		—			—			—		—		—			—			1,433
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—			—			656
Asset-backed securities	119,799		96,725			(114,506		)	—		—		6,270			(889		)	107,399
Derivative contracts	691		2,614			—			—		—		(2,614		)	(627		)	64
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	122,679		99,339			(114,506		)	—		—		3,656			(1,516		)	109,652
Investments at fair value	49,240		10,000			—			—		—		—			1,714			60,954
Total assets	$	171,919	$	109,339		$	(114,506	)	$	—	$	—	$	3,656		$	198		$	170,606
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Derivative contracts	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	6,643	$	(16,751	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	16,751		$	(1,164	)	$	5,479

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

	Balance at												Realized		Unrealized			Balance at
	December 31,								Transfers		Transfers		gains/		gains/			March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2012		Purchases			Sales			in		out		(losses) (1)		(losses) (1)			2013
Assets:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:
Tax-exempt securities	$	1,429	$	1		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1		$	1,431
Short-term securities	656		—			—			—		—		—		—			656
Asset-backed securities	116,171		124,450			(142,404		)	—		—		15,272		(5,835		)	107,654
Derivative contracts	827		—			(13		)	—		—		—		1,558			2,372
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:	119,083		124,451			(142,417		)	—		—		15,272		(4,276		)	112,113
Investments at fair value	33,245		5,362			—			—		—		4		3,042			41,653
Total assets	$	152,328	$	129,813		$	(142,417	)	$	—	$	—	$	15,276	$	(1,234	)	$	153,766
Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:
Derivative contracts	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:	$	5,218	$	(5,650	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	5,637	$	(4,806	)	$	399

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

The carrying values of the Company’s cash, securities either purchased or sold under agreements to resell, receivables and payables either from or to customers and brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and short-term financings approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature.

XML

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Brokers and Dealers [Abstract]

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Receivable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	107,228	$	59,657
Deposits paid for securities borrowed	40,888		36,278
Receivable from clearing organizations	9,862		966
Deposits with clearing organizations	56,412		20,995
Securities failed to deliver	2,345		593
Other	13,828		8,624
	$	230,563	$	127,113

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

	March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Payable arising from unsettled securities transactions	$	94,274	$	5,643
Payable to clearing organizations	788		9,462
Securities failed to receive	5,789		744
Other	10,129		11,873
	$	110,980	$	27,722

Deposits paid for securities borrowed approximate the market value of the securities. Securities failed to deliver and receive represent the contract value of securities that have not been delivered or received by the Company on settlement date.

XML

Investments - Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014
Investment [Line Items]
Estimated fair market value of investments carried at cost	$ 25,500,000
Investments [Member]
Investment [Line Items]
Valuation allowances and reserves, balance	$ 0

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Jul. 16, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Goodwill
Goodwill beginning balance		$ 210,634
Goodwill acquired
Impairment charge
Goodwill ending balance		210,634
Intangible assets
Intangible assets beginning balance		39,930
Amortization of intangible assets		(2,318)	(1,661)
Intangible assets ending balance		37,612
Capital Markets
Goodwill
Goodwill beginning balance		13,790
Goodwill acquired	(13,800)	0
Impairment charge		0
Goodwill ending balance		13,790
Intangible assets
Intangible assets beginning balance		5,316
Amortization of intangible assets		(743)	0
Intangible assets ending balance		4,573
Asset Mgmt [Member]
Goodwill
Goodwill beginning balance		196,844
Goodwill acquired
Impairment charge
Goodwill ending balance		196,844
Intangible assets
Intangible assets beginning balance		34,614
Amortization of intangible assets		(1,575)	(1,661)
Intangible assets ending balance		$ 33,039

XML

Investments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Investments [Abstract]
Investments at fair value	$ 88,540	$ 69,930
Investments at cost	19,831	20,709
Investments accounted for under the equity method	21,884	21,404
Total investments	130,255	112,043
Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests	(27,300)	(21,137)
Investments less portion attributable to noncontolling interest	$ 102,955	$ 90,906

XML

Collateralized Securities Transactions (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Collateralized Securities Transactions Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Repurchase Liabilities, Fair Market Value of Related Collateral Pledged and Interest Rate Charged

The following is a summary of the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("Repurchase Liabilities"), the fair market value of collateral pledged and the interest rate charged by the Company’s counterparty, which is based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin, as of March 31, 2014:

	Repurchase		Fair Market
(Dollars in thousands)	Liabilities		Value		Interest Rate
Term up to 30 day maturities:
Asset-backed securities	$	6,839	$	9,194	1.65%
On demand maturities:
U.S. government securities	45,207		49,064		0.30 - 0.60%
	$	52,046	$	58,258

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased - Unrealized Gains/(Losses) on Derivative Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Instruments	$ (298)	$ 3,523
Interest rate derivative contract | Investment banking
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Instruments	(524)	(538)
Interest rate derivative contract | Institutional brokerage
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Instruments	532	5,935
Credit default swap index contract | Institutional brokerage
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Instruments	(1,254)	(1,874)
Equity Option Derivative Contract [Member] | Institutional brokerage
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Instruments	$ 948	$ 0

XML

Short-Term Financing

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Short-Term Financing

Short-Term Financing

The following is a summary of short-term financing and the weighted average interest rate on borrowings:

	Outstanding Balance				Weighted Average Interest Rate
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Commercial paper (secured)	$	274,753	$	280,294	1.56	%	1.59	%
Prime broker arrangement	161,056		234,417		0.82	%	0.90	%
Total short-term financing	$	435,809	$	514,711

The Company issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. The commercial paper notes (“CP Notes”) can be issued with maturities of 27 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are issued under three separate programs, CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A, and are secured by different inventory classes. As of March 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A was 151 days, 97 days and 33 days, respectively. The CP Notes are interest bearing or sold at a discount to par with an interest rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin.

The Company has established an arrangement to obtain financing with a prime broker related to its municipal bond funds. Financing under this arrangement is secured by certain securities, primarily municipal securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. The funding is at the discretion of the prime broker subject to a notice period.

The Company has committed short-term bank line financing available on a secured basis and uncommitted short-term bank line financing available on both a secured and unsecured basis. The Company uses these credit facilities in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of its daily operations and the amount borrowed under these credit facilities varies daily based on the Company’s funding needs.

The Company’s committed short-term bank line financing at March 31, 2014 consisted of a one-year $250 million committed revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A., which was renewed in December 2013. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires the Company’s U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain a minimum net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under this facility will be due on December 27, 2014. The Company pays a nonrefundable commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility on a quarterly basis. At March 31, 2014, the Company had no advances against this line of credit.

The Company’s uncommitted secured lines at March 31, 2014 totaled $185 million with two banks and are dependent on having appropriate collateral, as determined by the bank agreement, to secure an advance under the line. The availability of the Company’s uncommitted lines are subject to approval by the individual banks each time an advance is requested and may be denied. At March 31, 2014, the Company had no advances against these lines of credit.

XML

Compensation Plans

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Compensation Plans

Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company maintains two stock-based compensation plans, the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and the 2010 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”). The Company’s equity awards are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value over the service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding equity awards (in shares or units) as of March 31, 2014:

Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock
Annual grants	825,343
Sign-on grants	425,527
	1,250,870
Inducement Plan
Restricted Stock	29,159
Total restricted stock related to compensation	1,280,029
ARI deal consideration (1)	104,496
Total restricted stock outstanding	1,384,525
Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Units
Leadership grants	290,536
Incentive Plan
Stock options outstanding	359,072

(1) The Company issued restricted stock as part of deal consideration in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI.

Incentive Plan

The Incentive Plan permits the grant of equity awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options, to the Company’s employees and directors for up to 7.0 million shares of common stock (1.0 million shares remained available for future issuance under the Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014). The Company believes that such awards help align the interests of employees and directors with those of shareholders and serve as an employee retention tool. The Incentive Plan provides for accelerated vesting of awards if there is a severance event, a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Incentive Plan), in the event of a participant’s death, and at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors.

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock grants are valued at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and are amortized over the related requisite service period. The Company grants shares of restricted stock to current employees as part of year-end compensation (“Annual Grants”) and as a retention tool. Employees may receive restricted stock upon initial hiring or as a retention award (“Sign-on Grants”).

The Company’s Annual Grants are made each year in February. Annual Grants vest ratably over three years in equal installments. The Annual Grants provide for continued vesting after termination of employment, so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreements entered into upon termination. The Company determined the service inception date precedes the grant date for the Annual Grants, and that the post-termination restrictions do not meet the criteria for an in-substance service condition, as defined by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation – Stock Compensation" ("ASC 718"). Accordingly, restricted stock granted as part of the Annual Grants is expensed in the one-year period in which those awards are deemed to be earned, which is generally the calendar year preceding the February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal 2013 for its February 2014 Annual Grant. If an equity award related to the Annual Grants is forfeited as a result of violating the post-termination restrictions, the lower of the fair value of the award at grant date or the fair value of the award at the date of forfeiture is recorded within the consolidated statements of operations as a reversal of compensation expense.

Sign-on Grants are used as a recruiting tool for new employees and are issued to current employees as a retention tool. These awards have both cliff and ratable vesting terms, and the employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis from the grant date over the requisite service period, generally two to five years. Employees forfeit unvested shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded.

Annually, the Company grants stock to its non-employee directors. The stock-based compensation paid to non-employee directors is fully expensed on the grant date and included within outside services expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted restricted stock units to its leadership team (“Leadership Grants”) in May 2012 and 2013, respectively. The units will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of each 36-month performance period only if the Company satisfies predetermined market conditions over the performance period. Under the terms of the grants, the number of units that will vest and convert to shares will be based on the Company achieving specified market conditions during each performance period as described below. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the three-year requisite service period based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. The market condition must be met for the awards to vest and compensation cost will be recognized regardless if the market condition is satisfied. Employees forfeit unvested share units upon termination of employment with a corresponding reversal of compensation expense.

Up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to members of a predetermined peer group and up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return. The fair value of the awards on the grant date were determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions:

	Risk-free	Expected Stock
Grant Year	Interest Rate	Price Volatility
2013	0.40%	44.0%
2012	0.38%	47.6%

Because a portion of the award vesting depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a peer group, the valuation modeled the performance of the peer group as well as the correlation between the Company and the peer group. The expected stock price volatility assumptions were determined using historical volatility as correlation coefficients can only be developed through historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates were determined based on three-year U.S. Treasury bond yields.

Stock Options

The Company previously granted options to purchase Piper Jaffray Companies common stock to employees and non-employee directors in fiscal years 2004 through 2008. Employee and director options were expensed by the Company on a straight-line basis over the required service period, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As described above pertaining to the Company’s Annual Grants of restricted shares, stock options granted to employees were expensed in the calendar year preceding the annual February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal 2007 for its February 2008 option grant. The maximum term of the stock options granted to employees and directors is ten years. The Company has not granted stock options since 2008.

Inducement Plan

In 2010, the Company established the Inducement Plan in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI. The Company granted $7.0 million in restricted stock (158,801 shares) under the Inducement Plan to ARI employees upon closing of the transaction. These shares vest ratably over five years in equal annual installments ending on March 1, 2015. Inducement Plan awards are amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Employees forfeit unvested Inducement Plan shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded.

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

The Company recorded total compensation expense within continuing operations of $5.3 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to employee restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. Total compensation cost includes year-end compensation for Annual Grants and the amortization of Sign-on Grants, less forfeitures of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. There were no forfeitures for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation costs totaled $2.0 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock (including the unvested restricted stock issued as part of the deal consideration for ARI) under the Incentive Plan and Inducement Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested		Weighted Average
	Restricted Stock		Grant Date
	(in Shares)		Fair Value
December 31, 2013	1,582,062		$	35.25
Granted	402,074		40.12
Vested	(599,611	)	37.58
Canceled	—		—
March 31, 2014	1,384,525		$	35.66

The following summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested	Weighted Average
	Restricted	Grant Date
	Stock Units	Fair Value
December 31, 2013	290,536	$	15.83
Granted	—	—
Vested	—	—
Canceled	—	—
March 31, 2014	290,536	$	15.83

As of March 31, 2014, there was $11.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and restricted stock units expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.73 years.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s outstanding stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

					Weighted Average
			Weighted		Remaining
	Options		Average		Contractual Term	Aggregate
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		(in Years)	Intrinsic Value
December 31, 2013	469,289		$	44.83	2.0	$	288,318
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(8,573	)	31.88
Canceled	(55	)	39.62
Expired	(101,589	)	47.48
March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075
Options exercisable at March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075

As of March 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to be recognized over future years.

The intrinsic value and resulting tax benefit realized from option exercises were immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans

In 2013, the Company adopted a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, an unfunded plan which allows certain highly compensated employees, at their election, to defer a percentage of their base salary, commissions and/or cash bonuses. The deferrals vest immediately and are non-forfeitable. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust. The Company invests, as a principal, in investments to economically hedge its obligation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Investments in the grantor trust, consisting of mutual funds, totaled $5.8 million as of March 31, 2014, and are included in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The compensation deferred by the employees is expensed in the period earned. The deferred compensation liability was $5.8 million as of March 31, 2014. Changes in the fair value of the investments made by the Company are reported in investment income/(loss) and changes in the corresponding deferred compensation liability are reflected as compensation and benefits expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

In 2012, the Company established the Piper Jaffray Companies Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan, a deferred compensation plan which allows eligible employees to elect to receive a portion of the incentive compensation they would otherwise receive in the form of restricted stock, instead in MFRS Awards of registered funds managed by the Company's asset management business. MFRS Awards are awarded to qualifying employees in February of each year, and represent a portion of their compensation for performance in the preceding year similar to the Company's Annual Grants. MFRS Awards vest ratably over three years in equal installments and provide for continued vesting after termination of employment so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreement entered into upon termination. Forfeitures are recorded as a reduction of compensation and benefits expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has also granted MFRS Awards to new employees as a recruiting tool. Employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense from these awards will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of two to five years.

XML

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	$ 1,325,388	$ 1,364,028
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(243,892)	(291,513)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, attributable to parent	1,081,496	1,072,515
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	512,693	512,833
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(62,420)	(68,356)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral, attributable to parent	450,273	444,477
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral	908,217	957,515
Equity securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	46,669	54,097
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	85,767	69,205
Convertible securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	79,969	80,784
Fixed income securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	16,120	10,102
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	17,029	24,021
Taxable securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	233,045	232,379
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(103,200)	(101,800)
Tax-exempt securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	438,457	460,865
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(135,800)	(183,900)
Short-term securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	76,261	62,620
Asset-backed securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	112,079	119,811
U.S. government agency securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	278,965	304,737
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	83,901	120,084
U.S. government securities
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	3,090	0
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	315,666	291,320
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(61,400)	(67,400)
Derivative contracts
Security Owned and Sold, Not yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Line Items]
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned	40,733	38,633
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, attributable to noncontrolling interest	(4,900)	(5,800)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased	10,330	8,203
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral, attributable to noncontrolling interest	$ (1,100)	$ (1,000)

XML

Compensation Plans (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Summary of Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding equity awards (in shares or units) as of March 31, 2014:

Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock
Annual grants	825,343
Sign-on grants	425,527
	1,250,870
Inducement Plan
Restricted Stock	29,159
Total restricted stock related to compensation	1,280,029
ARI deal consideration (1)	104,496
Total restricted stock outstanding	1,384,525
Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Units
Leadership grants	290,536
Incentive Plan
Stock options outstanding	359,072

(1) The Company issued restricted stock as part of deal consideration in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI.

Schedule of Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of the awards on the grant date were determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions:

	Risk-free	Expected Stock
Grant Year	Interest Rate	Price Volatility
2013	0.40%	44.0%
2012	0.38%	47.6%

Changes in Unvested Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock (including the unvested restricted stock issued as part of the deal consideration for ARI) under the Incentive Plan and Inducement Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested		Weighted Average
	Restricted Stock		Grant Date
	(in Shares)		Fair Value
December 31, 2013	1,582,062		$	35.25
Granted	402,074		40.12
Vested	(599,611	)	37.58
Canceled	—		—
March 31, 2014	1,384,525		$	35.66

Changes in Unvested Restricted Stock Units

The following summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Unvested	Weighted Average
	Restricted	Grant Date
	Stock Units	Fair Value
December 31, 2013	290,536	$	15.83
Granted	—	—
Vested	—	—
Canceled	—	—
March 31, 2014	290,536	$	15.83

Changes in Outstanding Stock Options

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s outstanding stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

					Weighted Average
			Weighted		Remaining
	Options		Average		Contractual Term	Aggregate
	Outstanding		Exercise Price		(in Years)	Intrinsic Value
December 31, 2013	469,289		$	44.83	2.0	$	288,318
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(8,573	)	31.88
Canceled	(55	)	39.62
Expired	(101,589	)	47.48
March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075
Options exercisable at March 31, 2014	359,072		$	44.39	2.2	$	1,757,075

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income/(loss)	$ 22,886	$ 12,047
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment	51	(148)
Comprehensive income/(loss)	22,937	11,899
Comprehensive income applicable to noncontrolling interests	5,138	1,901
Comprehensive income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$ 17,799	$ 9,998

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Investment Companies

In June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Updated ("ASU") No. 2013-08, "Financial Services - Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements," ("ASU 2013-08") amending FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946, "Financial Services - Investment Companies" ("ASC 946"). The amended guidance changes the approach to the investment company assessment in ASC 946, clarifies the characteristics of an investment company and requires new disclosures for investment company financial statements. ASU 2013-08 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not impact the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Discontinued Operations

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity," ("ASU 2014-08") amending FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 205-20, "Discontinued Operations," ("ASC 205-20"). The amended guidance changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and requires new disclosures. ASU 2014-08 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and will be applied prospectively.

XML

Variable Interest Entities - Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Variable Interest Entities Disclosure [Abstract]
Variable interest entity, nonconsolidated total assets	$ 800,000,000	$ 800,000,000
Variable interest entities, exposure to loss	13,200,000
VIE liabilities	$ 0

XML

Segment Reporting - Net Revenues by Geographic Locations (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	$ 168,133	$ 109,533
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	165,325	105,726
Europe
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	$ 2,808	$ 3,807

XML

Variable Rate Senior Notes - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Nov. 30, 2012 Senior Notes class	Nov. 30, 2012 Senior Notes Class A Variable Rate Senior Notes Due May 2014	Mar. 31, 2014 Senior Notes Class A Variable Rate Senior Notes Due May 2014 Three-Month LIBOR	Nov. 30, 2012 Senior Notes Class B Variable Rate Senior Notes Due November 2015	Mar. 31, 2014 Senior Notes Class B Variable Rate Senior Notes Due November 2015 Three-Month LIBOR	Mar. 31, 2014 Senior Notes Covenant Requirement
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Face amount		$ 125	$ 50		$ 75
Number of classes of notes		2
Basis spread on variable rate				4.00%		4.50%
Note purchase agreement, days to pay interest	5 days
Note purchase agreement, event of default, maximum indebtedness	10
Minimum net capital required							$ 120

XML

Earnings Per Share

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders represents net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. All of the Company’s unvested restricted shares are deemed to be participating securities as they are eligible to share in the profits (e.g., receive dividends) of the Company. The Company’s unvested restricted stock units are not participating securities as they are not eligible to share in the profits of the Company. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

The computation of earnings per share is as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)	2014			2013
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	$	17,748		$	10,667
Net loss from discontinued operations	—			(521		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies	17,748			10,146
Earnings allocated to participating securities (1)	(1,659		)	(1,180		)
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders(2)	$	16,089		$	8,966
Shares for basic and diluted calculations:
Average shares used in basic computation	14,612			15,582
Stock options	45			28
Average shares used in diluted computation	14,657			15,610
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.10		$	0.58
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.60
Loss from discontinued operations	—			(0.03		)
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.10		$	0.57

(1) Represents the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Participating securities include all of the Company’s unvested restricted shares. The weighted average participating shares outstanding were 1,510,839 and 2,055,679 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2) Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders for diluted and basic EPS may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders and participating securities for purposes of calculating diluted and basic EPS.

The anti-dilutive effects from stock options were immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

XML

Compensation Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended						0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended							12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014 plan	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014 Minimum New Employees [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Maximum	Mar. 31, 2014 Maximum New Employees [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Annual grants	May 15, 2012 Restricted Stock Units	Mar. 31, 2014 Restricted Stock Units	Mar. 31, 2014 Restricted Stock Units Maximum Award Earned Based on Shareholder Return Relative to Predetermined Peer Group	Mar. 31, 2014 Restricted Stock Units Maximum Award Earned Based on Total Shareholder Return	Mar. 31, 2014 Restricted Stock	Mar. 31, 2014 Stock Options	Mar. 31, 2014 Amended And Restated 2003 Annual And Long -Term Incentive Plan	Mar. 31, 2014 Amended And Restated 2003 Annual And Long -Term Incentive Plan Maximum	Dec. 31, 2010 2010 Employment Inducement Award Plan	Mar. 31, 2014 Deferred Compensation Plans [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of stock-based compensation plans	2
Equity award grants authorized														7,000,000
Shares available for future issuance													1,000,000
Award vesting period in years						3 years									5 years
Annual grant expense period						1 year
Forfeitures recorded as a result of violating the post-termination restrictions	$ 0	$ 300,000
Restricted stock units, performance period							36 months
Weighted average period over which restricted stock expense expected to be recognized							3 years				2 years 0 months 266 days
Award earning percentage									50.00%	50.00%
Number of years risk free interest rate								3 years
Term of stock options				10 years
Restricted shares granted to ARI employees, value															7,000,000
Restricted shares granted, share								0			402,074				158,801
Compensation expense related to employee restricted stock awards	5,300,000	600,000
Tax benefit related to compensation costs for stock-based compensation arrangements	2,000,000	200,000
Unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock											11,800,000	0
Mutual funds																5,800,000
Deferred liabilities																$ 5,800,000
Acquisition related compensation awards vesting period	3 years		2 years		5 years

XML

Short-Term Financing (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Short-Term Financing and Weighted Average Interest Rate on Borrowings

The following is a summary of short-term financing and the weighted average interest rate on borrowings:

	Outstanding Balance				Weighted Average Interest Rate
	March 31,		December 31,		March 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Commercial paper (secured)	$	274,753	$	280,294	1.56	%	1.59	%
Prime broker arrangement	161,056		234,417		0.82	%	0.90	%
Total short-term financing	$	435,809	$	514,711

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

	Capital			Asset
(Dollars in thousands)	Markets			Management			Total
Goodwill
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Goodwill acquired	—			—			—
Impairment charge	—			—			—
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	13,790		$	196,844		$	210,634
Intangible assets
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	5,316		$	34,614		$	39,930
Amortization of intangible assets	(743		)	(1,575		)	(2,318		)
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,573		$	33,039		$	37,612